SRI K. SARAVANAN - APPCB
-
Upload
khangminh22 -
Category
Documents
-
view
4 -
download
0
Transcript of SRI K. SARAVANAN - APPCB
DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT OF
THE PROPOSED GRAVEL QUARRY IN AN AREA OF 8.00 Ha BY
SRI K. SARAVANAN AT
SURVEY NO. 93/4 (OLD SURVEY NO. 93), KADIRIVEDU VILLAGE, SATYAVEDU MANDAL, CHITTOOR DISTRICT, ANDHRA PRADESH
Terms of Reference: SEIAA/AP/CTR/MIN/04/2020/1793-732, dt.08.12.2020 Monitoring Period: October, 2020 – December, 2020 Project Cost : 60 Lakhs Project No. 0221-02-05 February, 2021
SUBMITTED TO ANDHRA PRADESH POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD,
REGIONAL OFFICE, TIRUPATHI
Submitted By Sri K. Saravanan,
S/o. Kathavarayan No. 249, Thayumanchetty street, Ponneri, Chennai - 601 204 Mobile No. +91 7708910777.
Studies and Documentation By TEAM Labs and Consultants NABET – Certificate No: NABET/ EIA/ 1821/ SA 0114, dt.04.09.2020 B-115 to 117& 509, Annapurna Block, Aditya Enclave, Ameerpet, Hyderabad-500 038 Phone: 040-23748 555/616, Telefax: 040-23748666 Email: [email protected]
SRI K. SARAVANAN SURVEY NO. 93/4 (OLD SURVEY NO. 93), KADIRIVEDU VILLAGE, SATYAVEDU MANDAL, CHITTOOR DISTRICT, ANDHRA PRADESH
1. ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT
SUBMITTED TO ANDHRA PRADESH POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD,
REGIONAL OFFICE, TIRUPATHI
Submitted By
Sri K. Saravanan,
S/o. Kathavarayan No. 249, Thayumanchetty street, Ponneri, Chennai - 601 204 Mobile No. +91 7708910777.
Studies and Documentation By TEAM Labs and Consultants NABET – Certificate No: NABET/ EIA/ 1821/ SA 0114, dt.04.09.2020 B-115 to 117& 509, Annapurna Block, Aditya Enclave, Ameerpet, Hyderabad-500 038 Phone: 040-23748 555/616, Telefax: 040-23748666 Email: [email protected]
CONTENTS
Section Chapter Page. No
1 Introduction
1.1 Introduction 1-1 1.2 Purpose of the Report 1-1 1.3 Brief Background of the Project 1-2 1.4 Mining Method 1-2 1.5 Mine Location 1-2 1.6 Environmental Impact Assessment 1-4 1.7 Scope of EIA Studies 1-7 1.8 Clearance requirement for the project 1-8
2.0 Project Description 2.0 Introduction 2-1 2.1 Land use pattern of the mine lease area 2-1 2.2 Geology of the area 2-2
2.2.1 Topography 2-2 2.2.2 Regional Geology 2-2 2.2.3 Local Geology 2-3
2.3 Reserves 2-4 2.4 Life of mine 2-5 2.5 Conceptual Mining plan 2-5 2.6 Mining Technology 2-7 2.7 Development and production 2-7 2.8 Machinery Requirement 2-10 2.9 Employment Potential 2-10
2.10 Site Services 2-10 2.11 Fire Fighting Facilities 2-11 2.12 Water Requirement 2-11 2.13 Wastewater generation 2-11 2.14 Waste Generation and management 2-12 2.15 Reclamation and Rehabilitation 2-12 2.16 Details of Cluster Projects 2-12
3.0 Description of the environment 3.1 Introduction 3-1 3.2 Land Environment 3-1
3.2.1 Physiography 3-1 3.2.2 Geology 3-6 3.2.3 Hydrogeology 3-6 3.2.4 Soils 3-9
3.3 Water Environment 3-15
Section Chapter Page. No 3.3.1 Surface Water Resources 3-15
3.3.1.1 Surface Water Quality 3-15 3.3.1.2 Ground Water Resources 3-17 3.3.1.3 Quality of Ground Water 3-17
3.4 Air Environment 3-21 3.4.1 Meteorology 3-21 3.4.2 Meteorological Station at Mine Lease area 3-24 3.4.3 Ambient Air Quality 3-27 3.4.4 Scope of Field Study 3-29 3.4.5 Description of Sampling Locations 3-30 3.4.6 Ambient Air Quality Status 3-32 3.4.7 Noise Environment 3-34 3.4.8 Traffic Study 3-37
3.5 Socio Economic Environment 3-37 3.5.1 Demography 3-37 3.5.2 Population Distribution 3-37 3.5.3 Literacy 3-38 3.5.4 Employment/Occupation 3-39 3.5.5 Living Standards and Infrastructure 3-42 3.5.6 Land Utilization 3-44 3.5.7 Project Economy 3-44
3.6 Ecology 3-45
4.0 Anticipated Environment Impacts and Mitigation Measures 4.0 Identification of Impacts 4-1 4.1 Environmental impacts from mining and associated infrastructure 4-1
4.1.1 Impact Networks 4-4 4.2 Prediction and Assessment of Impacts 4-8
4.2.1 Methodology of Rapid Impact Assessment Matrix 4-8 4.2.2 Air Environment 4-12 4.2.3 Details of Mathematical Modeling 4-14 4.2.4 Emissions from Mining activity and transportation 4-16 4.2.5 Air Quality Predictions 4-17
4.3 Occupational Health Hazards Due to Dust Pollution 4-23 4.4 Noise Environment 4-23
4.4.1 Prediction of Impact on Noise Quality 4-24 4.4.2 Occupational Health Hazards of Noise Pollution 4-27
4.5 Water Environment 4-28 4.6 Land Environment 4-31 4.7 Biological Environment 4-34 4.8 Socio-economic Environment 4-38 4.9 Prediction of Impact on Vehicular Traffic 4-41
Section Chapter Page. No 4.10
5.0 Analysis of Alternatives 5.0 Introduction 5-1 5.1 Alternative Sites 5-1 5.2 Alternatives in Technology 5-1
6.0 Environmental Monitoring 6.1 Introduction 6-1
6.1.1 Objectives 6-1 6.1.2 Methodology 6-1 6.1.3 Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) Monitoring 6-2 6.1.4 Water Quality Monitoring 6-2 6.1.5 Noise Level Monitoring 6-2 6.1.6 Responsibility of Monitoring and Reporting System 6-3
6.2 Environmental Monitoring Budget 6-4
7.0 Additional Studies (Risk Assessment) 71 Introduction 7-1 7.2 Objectives and Scope 7-1 7.3 Mining Activity 7-1 7.4 Hazard Identification 7-1 7.5 Hazard Analysis 7-3 7.6 Disaster Management 7-3
7.6.1 Clearance 7-4 7.6.2 Construction of Services 7-4 7.6.3 Drilling 7-4 7.6.4 Blasting 7-4 7.6.5 Failure of Pit Slopes 7-5 7.6.6 Transportation 7-5 7.6.7 Magazine 7-5 7.6.8 House Keeping 7-5
7.7 Disaster Management Plan 7-5 7.7.1 Objective of Disaster Management Plan 7-6 7.7.2 Communication System 7-6 7.7.3 Facilities 7-6 7.7.4 Personal 7-7 7.7.5 Operating Procedure 7-7
8.0 Project Benefits 8.0 Introduction 8-1
Section Chapter Page. No 9.0 Project Benefits 9.0 Introduction 9-1
10
Environment Management Plan
10.0
Introduction 10-1 10.1 Sources of Pollution and Control Measures 10-1 10.2
Air Pollution and its Control 10-1
10.3
Greening program 10-2 10.4
Occupational Health and Safety Measures to Control Dust Inhalation 10-2
10.5
Noise pollution and its control 10-2 10.6
Occupational Health and Safety Measures to Control Exposure to Noise
10-3
10.7
Water Quality Management 10-3 10.7.1
Water Resources Water Resources 10-3
10.7.2
Rain water Harvesting Plan 10-5 10.8
Soil Conservation Measures 10-5
10.9
Afforestation / Greenbelt Plan 10-6 10.10
Waste Management 10-8
10.11
Environmental Management System (EMS) 10-8 10.12
Environment Policy 10-9
10.13
Socio- Economic Development 10-10 10.14
Corporate Environmental Responsibility Action Plan 10-11
10.15
Environment Management Cell 10-11 10.16 Other Management Aspects 10-12 10.17 Occupational Health and Protective Measures 10-13 10.18 Cost proposed for Environmental Protection Measures 10-14 10.19 Environmental Management for the Cluster 10-15
11
Executive Summary 11-1
12
Disclosure of Consultants 12-1
IV ANNEXURES
A-1 Copy of Mining Lease
National Ambient Air Quality Standards Is 10500: 2012 (RA:202020) The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000 Team Labs NABET accreditation Certificate
Section Chapter Page. No
List of Tables 1.1 Details of Mine Lease Area 1-2 1.2 The Geo coordinates of the mine lease area 1-4 1.3 Required Approvals and Applicable statutes 1-9
2.1 Details of the Lease Area 2-1 2.2 Land use Pattern of the Mine Lease Area 2-2 2.3 Geological reserves 2-4 2.4 Year wise production 2-8 2.5 List of Machinery 2-10 2.6 Employment Potential 2-10 2.7 Water Requirement 2-11 2.8 Mine leases within 500m radius 2-12 2.9 Total Reserves, production and life of the mine in the cluster 2-13
2.10 Details of mining Area Utilized for Mining in the Cluster 2-13 2.11 Water Requirement in the cluster 2-13 2.12 Details of Transportation 2-13
3.1 Details of the mine lease location 3-1 3.2 Soil Analysis Data 3-12 3.3 Soil Test Results – Reference Tables 3-14 3.4 Surface water Analysis Data 3-16 3.5 Locations of groundwater sampling 3-17 3.6 Groundwater analysis data 3-20 3.7 Normal climatological table 3-22 3.8 Frequency Distribution of Wind Speed and Wind Direction 3-25 3.9 Locations of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations 3-30
3.10 Ambient Air Quality Data status 3-32 3.11 AQI Index Showing the Results of Ambient Air Quality 3-33 3.12 Effects on Human Beings at Different Noise Levels 3-35 3.13 Equivalent Noise levels in the Study Area 3-36 3.14 Population Distribution – Study Area 3-38 3.15 Literacy - Study Area 3-39 3.16 Employment - Study Area 3-40 3.17 Main Workers - Study Area 3-41 3.18 Land Utilization Pattern 3-44 3.19 List of plant species recorded 3-50 3.20 The listed birds 3-57 3.21 List of Mammalian species in the Study Area 3-58 3.22 List of Reptiles either spotted or reported from the study area 3-59 3.23 List of Amphibians either spotted or reported from the study area 3-39
Section Chapter Page. No 3.24 List of Butterflies either spotted or reported from the study area 3-60
4.1
Activity and Environmental Impact (Impact Identification Matrix) - Construction Stage
4-2
4.2
Activity and Environmental Impact (Impact Identification Matrix) - Regular Operation Stage
4-2
4.3
Activity and Environmental Impact (Impact Identification Matrix) - Incidents and Accidents
4-3
4.4
Activity and Environmental Impact (Impact Identification Matrix) - Decommissioning
4-3
4.5 Impacts on Air Environment 4-13 4.6 Impact significance - Air Environment 4-13 4.7 Salient Features of the ISCST3 Model 4-15 4.8 Emission Details of Pollutants 4-17 4.9 Predicted GLC’s at Monitoring Locations 4-18
4.10
Cumulative AAQ Concentration at various locations in the Impact Area
4-19
4.11 Impacts on Noise Level 4-26 4.12 Impact Significance – Noise Level 4-26 4.13 Noise Exposure Levels and Its Effects 4-27 4.14 Impacts on Surface Water 4-29 4.15 Impacts on Ground Water 4-29 4.16 Impacts Significance - Surface Water 4-30 4.17 Impacts Significance - Ground Water 4-30 4.18 Impacts on Land Environment 4-32 4.19 Impact Significance – Land environment 4-33 4.20 Impacts on Flora 4-36 4.21 Impacts on Fauna 4-36 4.22 Impact Significance – Flora 4-37 4.23 Impact Significance – Fauna 4-37 4.24 Impacts on Socio Economic 4-39 4.25 Impact Significance – Socio Economic 4-40 4.26 Modified level of services for connecting roads 4-41
6.1 Environmental Monitoring Plan 6-3 6.2 Environmental Monitoring Budget 6-4
7.1 Details of Mine Lease Area 7-1 7.2 Trend of Accidents in coal Mines - Cause Wise 7-4
10.1
List of plants identified for greenbelt and restoration of mine pits 10-7
10.2
CER Plan and Budget for 7 years 10-11
Section Chapter Page. No 10.3
Frequency of Health Monitoring 10-14
10.4
Environment Management - Cost Estimate 10-14 10.5
Generic Environment Management Measures 10-16
10.6 Cluster EMP Cost estimation 10-17
List of Figures
1.1 Mine Lease area Location and study area map 1-6 1.2 Mine Lease area Boundary Map 1-7
2.1 Surface, Geological plan 2-3 2.2 Geological Cross section 2-4 2.3 Conceptual Plan 2-6 2.4 Conceptual cross sections 2-6 2.5 Year wise Working Plan 2-9 2.6 Year wise working cross sections 2-9
3.1 Base map of the study area 3-4 3.2 Road network Map of the Study Area 3-5 3.3 Geological map of the study area 3-7 3.4 Groundwater map of the study area 3-8 3.5 Land use and land cover of the study area 3-10 3.6 Soil Sampling Locations 3-11 3.7 Drainage pattern of the study area 3-18 3.8 Water Sampling Locations 3-19 3.9 Wind Rose Diagram of the study period at mine lease area 3-26 3.10 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations 3-31 3.11 Noise Sampling Locations 3-35 3.12 Population distribution of the Study Area 3-38 3.13 Literacy of Study Area 3-39 3.14 Employment of Study Area 3-41
4.1 Conceptual site model of mining activity (Site Preparation) 4-4 4.2 Conceptual site model of mining activity (During Mining) 4-5 4.3 Impacts on Air Environment 4-5 4.4 Impacts on Water Environment 4-6 4.5 Noise Impact on Surrounding Environment 4-6 4.6 Impact of Solid Waste on Soil Quality 4-7 4.7 Socio- Economic Environment 4-7 4.8 PM Ground Level Concentrations 4-21 4.9 PM10 Ground Level Concentrations 4-22 4.10 PM2.5 Ground Level Concentrations 4-23
10.1 Garland drainage 10-5
ABBREVIATIONS
AP Andhra Pradesh AAQ Ambient Air Quality AAQM Ambient Air Quality Monitoring AAQMS Ambient Air Quality Management System AAQS Ambient Air Quality Standards AAS Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer ACO Accredited Consultant Organization ADMG Assistant Director of Mines and Geology AOI Area of Interest AIS&LUS All India Soil and Land Use Survey AMSL Above Mean Sea Level ANFO Ammonium Nitrate Fuel Oil APC Air Pollution Control APHA American Public Health Association APSRTC Andhra Pradesh State Road Transport Corporation APPCB Andhra Pradesh Pollution Control Board BHs Bore Holes BIS Bureau of Indian Standards BGL Below Ground Level BOD Biochemical Oxygen Demand CAZRI Central Arid Zone Research Institute CC Calcium Carbonate CCA Cultural Command Area CCR Central Control Room CEP Corporate Environment Policy CFPI Comprehensive Environmental Policy CFE Consent for Establishment CFO Consent for Operation CGWA Central Ground Water Authority CGWB Central Ground Water Board CHC Community Health Centre CO Carbon monoxide COD Chemical Oxygen Demand CPCB Central Pollution Control Board CREP Corporate Responsibility for Environmental Protection CRZ Coastal regulation zone CSR Corporate Social Responsibility CW Carriage Way CWC Central Water Commission DCF Deputy Conservator of Forest DDMC District Disaster Management Committee DDMG Deputy Director, Dept. Mines and Geology DEM Digital Elevation Model DFO District Forest Officer DG Diesel Generator
DGMS Director General of Mine Safety DMF District Mineral Fund DMG Department of Mines and Geology DMP Disaster Management Plan DO Dissolved Oxygen DTH Down the Hole DS&T Department of Science and Technology EAC Expert Appraisal Committee EC Electrical Conductivity EC Environmental Clearance ECO Emergency Coordinating Officer EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EHS Environment, Health and Safety EMC Environment Management Cell EMP Environment Management Plan / Environmental Monitoring Programme EMS Environment Management System EPA Environment Protection EPO Emergency planning officer ERDAS Earth Resources Data Analysis System ESC Enterprise Social Commitment FAE’s Functional Area Experts FCC False Colour Composite FDL Fugitive Dust Level FDM Fugitive Dispersion Model FPS Fine Particulate Sampler F&EI Fire and Explosion Index GCP Ground Control Points GEC Ground Water Estimation Committee GIS Geographic information system GLC’s Ground Level Concentrations GoI Government of India GPS Global Positioning System GSI Geological Survey of India GW Ground Water GWEC Ground Water Estimation Committee HC Hydrocarbon HEME Heavy Earth Moving Equipment HEMM Heavy Earth Moving Machinery HFL Highest Flood Level HIV Human Immunodeficiency Virus HoD Head of Department HSD High Speed Diesel HWA Hazardous Waste Authorization I&C Industries and Commerce IMD India Meteorological Department IRC Indian Roads Congress
IRS Indian Remote Sensing Satellite IS Indian Standards ISCST3 Industrial Source Complex Short Term-3 ISO International Organization of Standardization ITE Institute of Transportation Engineers IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature LoI Letter of Intent LPG Liquefied petroleum gas LU/LC Land Use/Land Cover LUS Land Use Study MC Magnesium Carbonate MCDR Mineral Conservation and Development Rules MCPA Million Cubic Metre per Annum MHHS Multi House Hold Survey ML Mine Lease MoEF&CC Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change MoU Memorandum of Understanding MMR Metalliferous Mines Regulation mRL Meter Reduced Level MSL Mean Sea Level NAAQs National Ambient Air Quality Standards NABET National Accreditation Board of Education and Training NABL National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories NBSSLP National Bureau of Soil Survey and Land Use Planning NDIR Non-Depressive Infrared Spectroscopy NGO Non-Governmental Organization NH National Highway NH3 Ammonia NHS National Hydrological Service NMHC Non-Methane Hydrocarbons NMP National Mineral Policy NOC No Objection Certificate NOX Oxides of nitrogen NONEL Non-Electric NRBPT National Registration Board for Personnel & Training NRSA National Remote Sensing Agency NRSC National Remote Sensing Centre OB Over Burden OBC Other Backward Class OHS Occupational Health and Safety OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration OSHAs Occupational Safety and Health Administration Specification PAH Poly nuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons PCA Primary Census Abstract PCU Passenger Car Units PDCR Plan, Do, Check and Review
PESO Petroleum and Explosives Safety Organization PF Protected Forest PFR Pre-Feasibility Report PM10 particulate matter (size less than 10 μg) or PM10, μg/m3 pH Potential of Hydrogen PHC Public Health Centres PM Particulate matter PM2.5 Particulate matter (size less than 2.5 μg) or PM2.5, μg/m3 PPE’s Personal protective equipment’s PPV Peak Particle Velocity PUCC Pollution Under Control Certificate PWD Public Works Department QCI Quality Control of India RA Risk Assessment RDS Respirable Dust Sampler REET Rare, Endangered, Endemic, Threatened RF Reserve Forest RO Regional office / Reverse Osmosis ROM Run of Mine ROW Right of Way R&R Rehabilitation and Resettlement RQP Recognised Qualified Person RS Railway Station RSPM Respirable particulate matter SAR Sodium Absorption Ratio SC Scheduled Caste SEAC State Level Expert Appraisal Committee SEIAA State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority SH State Highway SHE Safety, Health & Environment SIA Social Impact Assessment SOI Survey of India SO2 Sulfur dioxide SOP Standard Operating Procedure SPCB’s State Pollution Control Boards SPM Suspended Particulate Matter ST Scheduled Tribe STP Sewage Treatment Plant SW Surface Water TC Total Carbonate TDS Total Dissolved Solids TNT Tri Nitro Toluene ToR Terms of Reference TSS Total Suspended Solids TW Tube Well UNFC United Nations Framework Classification
USEPA United States Environmental Protection Agency VT Vocational Training VM Volatile Matter WCP Wildlife Conservation Plan WL Wild Life WGS-84 World Geodetic System 1984
Units Cu M Cubic meter dB (A) Decibel dia diameter gm/sec gram per second gm/cc gram per cubic mete ha Hectare hr/day Hour per d ay HP Horse Power kg Kilogram Kg/hr Kilogram per hour Kg/ha Kilogram per hectare KLD kilo liter per Day km Kilometre KW Kilo Watt LPS Litres per Second mg/l Milligram per Litre m meter mm milli meter MmTPA Million metric Tons per Annum NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Unit PPM Parts Per Million Sq.km Square Kilo meter t Tones TPA Tonnes Per Annum TPD Tones Per Day TPH Tons Per Hour t/hr Tones per hour µg/ m3 Micro gram per meter cube µm Micro Meter
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 1-1
CHAPTER 1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Introduction
Sri K. Saravanan obtained a mine lease to extract gravel in an area of 8.00 ha
using fully mechanized opencast mining at Survey No. 93/4 (Old Survey No. 93),
Kadirivedu Village, Satyavedu Mandal, Chittoor District, Andhra Pradesh. Gravel
is considered as minor mineral and is mainly used for house construction, and
formation of roads.
Gravel deposits are common geological feature, being formed as a result of the
weathering and erosion of rocks. The action of rivers and waves tends to pile up
gravel in large accumulations. This can sometimes result in gravel becoming
compacted and lithified into the sedimentary rock. The demarcated area consists of
pebbles derived from Sriperumbudur formation with ferruginous matrix have
formed gravel beds in the low lying plain and slope hills.
1.2 Purpose of the Report
The Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEFCC), Government
of India (GOI) issued notifications vide SO 1533, dt. 14.9.2006, its amendments based
on the directions issued by National Green Tribunal (NGT), New Delhi vide O. A.
No. 16 of 2016, dt.13.09.2018 and vide E.A.NO 55/2018 of O. A. No. 520/2016, dt.
11.12.2018 on Moefcc notification S.O.2269 (E), dt.01.07.2016 and S.O.3977 (E),
dt.14.08.2018 and Office Memorandum dt.12.12.2018 issued in compliance with the
hon’ble NGT orders, New Delhi, mandate prior environmental clearance for all
mining leases across the country. The notification and its amendments based on
NGT directions, classify mine lease areas of 5 - 25 ha as category B2 at par with B1,
and cluster area of more than 5 ha are stipulate a three-stage process of scoping,
public consultation and appraisal by State Environmental Impact Assessment
Authority (SEIAA) to issue prior environmental clearance. Accordingly scoping for
preparation of environmental impact assessment (EIA) was done by the state expert
appraisal committee (SEAC), which issued terms of reference vide Letter No.
SEIAA/AP/CTR/MIN/04/2020/1793-732, dt.08.12.2020 for a production capacity
of Gravel @181651 TPA in an area of 8.00 ha. The present study follows the
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 1-2
prescribed TOR’s to prepare draft EIA/EMP report for public consultation, to
facilitate informed view on the project by public/stakeholders.
1.3 Brief Background of the Project
In principle of application of quarry lease notice issued by the Deputy Director of
Mines and Geology, Chittoor vide letter No. 927/Q1/2011, dt. 17.01.2020 for a
period of 5 years. Mining plan was approved by Deputy Director of Mines and
Geology, Chittoor vide letter no. 288/MP-CTR/2020 dated 11.03.2020. The capital
cost of the proposed activity of mining is ₹.60 Lakhs.
1.4 Mining Method
The mining will be opencast fully mechanized mining, followed by loading the
material into tippers using hydraulic excavator.
1.5 Mine Location
The salient features of the mine lease location are presented in Table 1.1.
Table 1.1 Salient features of the mine lease location
Particulars Details
Name of the Project (s) Fully mechanized opencast method quarry for Gravel mine production@ 181651 TPA in an area of 8.0 ha by Sri K. Saravanan
Name of the applicant Sri K. Saravanan
Location of the Project Survey No. 93/4 (Old Survey No. 93), Kadirivedu village, Satyavedu mandal, Chittoor district, Andhra Pradesh.
Project / Activity 1(a)
Category (A/B1/B2) B1
New / Expansion / Modernization New Project
Product Gravel @ 181651 TPA
Capital Cost, 60 lakhs
Legal Status of the Company Private
Ownership / Occupancy Private
Land Use Pattern (Forest, Agricultural, Grazing, Barren etc.) Govt. land – 8.0 ha
Latitudes (North) 13°22'55.3355"– 13°23'03.75486"
Longitudes (East) 79°56'55.33568"– 79°57'11.2269"
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 1-3
Particulars Details
Survey of India sheet No 57 O/15
Elevation above Mean Sea Level (AMSL), m 48 m
Seismic zone Seismic Zone: III as per IS: 1893 (part -1): 2002 and can be classified as Least Active seismic Zone
Site surroundings
North : Connecting road
East : Open land
West : Open land
South : Open land
Nearest Village Balakrishnapuram village – 1.3 km – NE direction
Accessibility to site Road connecting – North direction
Road access Satyavedu to Tiruvallur road – 3.0 km - W direction
Nearest Town Chennai – 45 km – SE direction
District Head quarters Chittoor – 93 km – West direction
Nearest Railway station Gummidipundi – 18.6 km – NE direction
Nearest airport Chennai Airport – 49 km – SE direction
Nearest Port Chennai Port – 48 km – SE direction
Major Industries (Within 10 km radius) Nil within 10 km
Water Bodies in buffer area Arani River - 7.8 km - SW direction, Telugu Ganga Canal - 1.8 km - SW direction.
the Project / Activity attracts the provisions of CRZ Not Applicable
Reserve Forest
Ambakkam RF - 3.3 km – West, Palavakkam RF - 2.2 km - SW, Senjiyagaram RF - 4.6 km – SW, Manali RF - 8.3 km – SE, Panchali RF - 5.2 km – NE, Sirivedu RF - 4.2 km – NE, Nemaluru RF - 5.6 km – NE, Nandanam RF - 7.1 km – SW, Rajugunta RF - 8.6 km - NW.
Archaeological/ Historical/ Ancient Monuments Nil within 10 km
Inter-state boundary and international boundary
Andhra Pradesh and Tamil Nadu - adjacent from south side
Protected Areas notified under the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 Nil within 10 km
Eco-sensitive areas as notified under section 3 of the E (P) Act, 1986 Nil within 10 km
Critically polluted areas as identified by the Central Pollution Control Board from time to time, Nil within 10 km
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 1-4
This land is non agriculture vacant land and does not involve forest land except
some shrubs. The Mine lease area location is presented in Figures 1.1. The Geo
coordinates of the mine lease area are presented in Table 1.2. The mine lease area
sketch is presented in Figure 1.2.
Table 1.1 The Geo coordinates of the mine lease area
Latitude N Longitude E
13°23'03.49755"N 79°56'57.19256"E
13°23'03.43946"N 79°56'57.78899"E
13°23'03.29353"N 79°56'59.13120"E
13°23'03.65454"N 79°56'59.34839"E
13°23'03.74049"N 79°57'00.67770"E
13°23'03.75486"N 79°57'01.63807"E
13°23'03.44224"N 79°57'04.09440"E
13°23'02.16582"N 79°57'03.84531"E
13°23'00.12090"N 79°57'11.2269"E
13°22'55.3355"N 79°57'10.18407"E
13°22'57.7145"N 79°56'55.33568"E
1.6 Environmental Impact Assessment
Excavation, loading and transportation of gravel results in substantial dust and noise
emissions apart from dust from haulage roads connected to approach road. The
mining activity shall also have other detrimental environmental impacts
necessitating mitigation measures. Sri K. Saravanan is conscious of their
responsibility towards the society in minimizing the pollution load due to this
project and accordingly decided to carry out the Environmental Impact Assessment
to identify the negative and positive impacts and to delineate effective measures to
control the pollution and to mitigate the environmental pollution in addition to
identify effective measures to address residual impacts. There are no mines
surrounding to this lease area, vide letter. No. 927/Q1/2011, dt.20.03.2020, issued by
AD Mines and Geology, Chittoor. Sri K. Saravanan has appointed M/s. Team Labs
and Consultants for the preparation of environmental impact assessment report.
The previous production details are enclosed in Annexure.
The EIA report was prepared on the basis of TOR obtained from SEIAA, AP. The
baseline data for preparation of this report was collected during October 2020 to
December 2020.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 1-5
The other studies such as socio-economic profile, land use pattern is based on
secondary data collected from various Government agencies and validated through
primary surveys. Field team of M/s. Team labs and Consultants worked in the
study area during October 2020 to December 2020 and base line data for various
environmental components i.e., air, water, soil, noise and flora and fauna and socio-
economic status of people was collected in a circular area of 10 km radius by taking
the mine lease area as the center point to assess the existing environmental status as
per the guidelines specified by MoEFCC, GOI. This report presents the results of
environmental impact assessment study along with the environment management
plan, necessary to contain observed environmental impacts of the project.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 1-6
Figure 1.1 Mine Lease area Location and study area map
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 1-7
Figure 1.2 Mine Lease Area Boundary map
1.7 Scope of EIA Studies
The definition of impact given by International Association of Impact Assessment
(IAIA) “The difference between what would happen with the action and what
would happen without it” was adopted for this study. Environmental impact
assessment study involves three basic components; identification, prediction and
evaluation of impacts. The scope of EIA report is based on the TOR obtained from
SEIAA - AP. Brief scope of EIA study is as follows;
➢ An intensive reconnaissance and preliminary collection of environmental
information to plan field study.
➢ Field studies to collect preliminary information, particularly on the quality of the
physical environment. Experienced scientists and engineers will collect the data.
➢ Base line data generation and characterization of air, water, soil, noise, vegetation
and socio-economic status of the people in the 10-kilometer radius area (impact
zone) over a period of three months.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 1-8
➢ A thorough study of the mining activity including provisions for pollution
control, and environmental management that includes prediction of impacts and
relevant mathematical modeling.
➢ Preparation of Environment Management plan for the cluster and for the present
mine suggesting suitable methods for mitigating and controlling the pollution
levels.
➢ Environmental monitoring plan is suggested for monitoring the pollution loads
due to mining activity in the ML area, cluster area and in the surrounding impact
area to ensure compliance with the statutory requirements and to check adequacy
of environment management measures adopted.
➢ The reporting format shall follow the generic structure mentioned in the SO.1533
dt. 14.9.2006 and its amendments.
1.8 Clearance requirement for the project
The statutory approvals required for this project and the applicability of various acts
which consider environmental management are presented in Table 1.3.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 1-9
Table 1.3 Required Approvals and Applicable statutes
Legal Instrument (Type, Reference, Year) Responsible Ministries or Bodies
Applicability Remarks
Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and amendments
Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB), and Andhra Pradesh Pollution Control Board (APPCB).
Yes Consent to establish and to operate need to be obtained
Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and amendments
Yes Consent to establish and to operate need to be obtained
Noise Pollution (Regulation & Control) Rule 2000 and amendments
Yes Prescribed noise standards to be adopted and followed
Water (Prevention and Control of pollution) Cess Act, 1974
Yes Cess levy and returns to be submitted
Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 and amendments
Government of Andhra Pradesh (GoAP) and Government of India (GOI)
No Mine lease area does not consist of any forest land area.
Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 and amendments
National Board of Wildlife (NBWL).
No No sanctuary, or national park located within 10 km radius
Ancient Monuments and Archaeological sites & Remains Act, 1958 and amendment
Archaeological Survey of India
No No archaeological monument within 300 m of the mine lease area boundary.
Hazardous Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules, 1989 and amendments
Central and State Pollution Control Board (CPCB/SPCB)
Yes Authorization for hazardous waste storage, transport and disposal must be obtained.
Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 and amendments
Central government nodal agency, MoEFCC can delegate to state departments of environment
Yes Prior environmental clearance vide SO 1533 dt. 14.9.2006 has to be obtained. The project is categorized as B, as the ML area is less than 100 ha vide sr. no. 3 a of the schedule.
Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act, 2013 and amendments
Central / State Government No No displacement of People and no acquisition of land. ML area is government land, leased out by GoAP.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 1-10
Legal Instrument (Type, Reference, Year) Responsible Ministries or Bodies
Applicability Remarks
Mineral Conservation and Development Rules, 1988 as amended
Controller of Mines or the Chief Controller of Mines
Yes Implementation of mine plan including environmental management must be assured.
The Metalliferous Mines Regulations, 1961 Government of India (GOI), DGMS
Yes Annual Return for the year ending on the 31st December.
Andhra Pradesh Panchayat Extension to Scheduled Areas Rules, 2011
Govt of Andhra Pradesh No The ML area does not fall under notified scheduled area.
Water, Land and Trees Act, 2002, GOAP (WALTA, act 2002)
Govt of Andhra Pradesh Yes Permission to be obtained for removing trees and also for establishing/registering the bore well.
The Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 State Transport Authority Yes Pollution under control certification for all vehicles plying in and out of the mine lease area.
The Public Liability Insurance Act 1991 Insurance Company Yes Insurance against liability to give relief in the event of injury or fatality and damage to property due to the proposed mining activity.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 2-1
CHAPTER 2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.0 Introduction
Sri K. Saravanan proposes to conduct fully mechanized opencast method quarrying
for Gravel in an area of 8.00 ha at Survey No. 93/4 (Old Survey No. 93), Kadirivedu
Village, Satyavedu Mandal, Chittoor District, Andhra Pradesh. In principle of
application of quarry lease notice issued by the Deputy Director of Mines and
Geology, Chittoor vide letter No. 927/Q1/2011, dt. 17.01.2020 for a period of 5
years. Mining plan was approved by Deputy Director of Mines and Geology,
Chittoor vide letter no. 288/MP-CTR/2020 dated 11.03.2020. The proposed mine
lease area is government land. Terms of reference for preparing the EIA report as
part of obtaining prior environmental clearance for a production capacity of Gravel
@146812 TPA, was obtained vide letter no. SEIAA/AP/ CTR/MIN/04/2020/1793-
732, dt.08.12.2020 from the Andhra Pradesh State Level Environmental Impact
Assessment Authority. The Capital cost of the proposed activity of mining is ₹.60
Lakhs. The proposed mine lease area is government land situated waste rocky land
covered by gravel. The details of mining activity, production details and other
concepts as envisaged in the approved mining plans are presented in the following
pages. The details of Mine Lease area (MLA) are presented in Table 2.1.
Table 2.1 Details of Mine Lease Area
State and District
Mandal Village Lease
Area, ha Ownership of the lease area
Survey number
Andhra Pradesh and
Chittoor Satyavedu Kadirivedu 8.00 Govt. Land
Old: 93 (New: 93/4)
2.1 Land use pattern of the mine lease area (Terms of reference No. 10)
The lease area is a waste rocky land covered by gravel. It is sloping towards North.
8.00 ha consisting of active mining area, services, green belt and haulage road to be
used during the plan period. The details of land use are presented in Table 2.2.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 2-2
Table 2.2 Land use pattern of the Mine Lease Area
S. No Purpose Extent, Ha
1 Area under quarrying 7.072
2 Infrastructure (Office, rest shelter) 0.009
3 Green belt 0.919
Total 8.00
2.2 Geology of the area
2.2.1 Topography
The lease area is a foot of hillock and it is devoid of any forest or tree cover.
2.2.2 Regional Geology
The oldest rocks of the area belonging to the late Archaean or Early Proterozic era,
which is succeeded by rocks of younger granite rock archean group and both are
traversed by Dolerite dykes. The Geological formations in the Chittoor can broadly
be divided in district and well-marked groups and older groups of metamorphic
rocks belonging to Archean and younger group of sedimentary rocks belonging to
the Proterozoic age, later cover part of younger granite rock formation of Archean
group. The remining part of district is occupied by Archean rocks which consists of
Schist, Gneisses, Quartz veins and basic Dykes. The Archean rocks have suffered
considerable degree of tectonic disturbances as a result of which the rocks have
been metamorphosed and recrystallized. During the late Archean Era, igneous
intrusions of alkaline rocks formed in Chittoor belt.
Geological Age Type of Formation
Recent Alluvium
Pliestocene Laterite
---Un conformity---
Leuco Granite Younger intrusive, Quartz veins and reefs. Pegmatites veins of alkali feldspar granite and Dolarite/Gabbro/Basalt dykes.
Peninsular Gneissic Complex (PGC) Migmatite group
Hornblende Granite and Leuco Hornblende granite
Archeans Biotite granite Gneiss, Hornblende Granite Gneiss, Porphyritic Hornblende Granite.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 2-3
2.2.3 Local Geology
Gravel deposits are common geological feature, being formed as a result of the
weathering and erosion of rocks. The action of rivers and waves tends to pile up
gravel in large accumulations. This can sometimes result in gravel becoming
compacted and lithified into the sedimentary rock. The demarcated area consists of
pebbles derived from Sriperumbudur formation with ferruginous matrix have
formed gravel beds in the low lying plain and slope hills. The surface, geological
plan and Geological cross sections are presented in Figure 2.1.
Figure 2.1 Surface, Geological plan
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 2-4
Figure 2.2 Geological cross sections
2.3 Reserves
Reserves are estimated by the cross-sectional method and the area of the influence
and cross sections were taken at average 45 m on either side of the cross sections A-
A’, B-B’ influence was taken at 90 m. Based on the field traverses, the estimated
reserves are considered as proved reserves. two cross sections are considered for
computation of reserves. The present area which is above the existing ground
surface is considered for computation of reserves. The geological reserves and
mineable reserves are given in the table below in Table 2.3.
Table 2.3 Geological Reserves
Section Sectional Area
m2 Sectional
Influence m Volume m3
Volume Tons @1.5t/m3
A-A' 3548 90 319320 478980
B-B' 3281 95 311695 467542.5
Total 631015 946522.5
Reserves blocked under 7.5m buffer zone
A-A' 98 90 8820 13230
B-B' 80 95 7600 11400
Total 16420 24630
Reserves blocked under safety slopes
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 2-5
A-A' 62 90 5580 8370
B-B' 37 95 3515 5272.5
Total 9095 13642.5
2.4 Life of Mine for Gravel
Description Gravel Tons
Geological Reserves 946522.5
Reserves blocked under 7.5m buffer zone 24630
Reserves blocked under safety slopes 13642.5
Total Reserves available 908250
Annual Production 181651
Life of the Mine: Reserves available/Annual Production = 4.99 or 5 Years
2.5 Conceptual Mining Plan
The mining operations will follow fully mechanized open cast method. The entire
reserves estimated under proved except mineral blocked in 7.5 m buffer zone all
along the lease boundary as per statutory requirement. Since it is a mechanized
open cast mine the impact is less, the land degradation is limited to the extent of
open cast benches used for mine roads. Conceptual plan is presented in Figure 2.3.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 2-6
Figure 2.3 Conceptual Plan
Figure 2.4 Conceptual cross sections
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 2-7
2.6 Mining Technology
The gravel in the quarry lease area is exposed on the surface. Hence it is proposed
to quarry opencast mechanized method by developing the bench height of 5m and
width of 1.5m upto depth of 7m without any drilling and blasting. The excavation
workings and loading will be done by using excavator and transported through
tippers. no drilling and blasting operations are required. In this mine we are using
only excavators.
2.7 Development and Production
1st Year: In the first-year quarrying will initiated E to W with maintain bench height
and width will be as 1.5m will be excavated and producing @181649 Tons and no
waste will be anticipated from this gravel quarry.
2nd year: In the second-year quarrying will continue E to W with maintain bench
height and width will be as 1.5m will be excavated and producing @181649 Tons
and no waste will be anticipated from this gravel quarry.
3rd year: In the third-year quarrying will continue E to W with maintain bench
height and width will be as 1.5m will be excavated and producing @181651 Tons
and no waste will be anticipated from this gravel quarry.
4th year: In the fourth-year quarrying will continue E to W with maintain bench
height and width will be as 1.5m will be excavated and producing @181650 Tons
and no waste will be anticipated from this gravel quarry.
5th year: In the fifth-year quarrying will continue E to W with maintain bench height
and width will be as 1.5m will be excavated and producing @181650 Tons and no
waste will be anticipated from this gravel quarry. The development for next 5 years
is presented in Table 2.4. Working plan and sections of the plan period are
presented in Figure 2.5.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 2-8
Table 2.4 Year wise Production
Year Sectio
n Bench
Level, m
Sectional Area,
m2
Sectional Influence,
m
Volume, m3
Production @100% Tons
(1.5t/m3)
I Year A-A' 43-40.5 1345.55 90 121100 181649 Sub Total 121100 181649
II year A-A' 42-37.5 1345.55 90 121100 181649 Sub Total 121100 181649
III Year A-A' 39-37.5 87 90 7830 11745
B-B' 45-40.5 1192.32 95 113270 169906 Sub Total 121100 181651
IV year B-B' 43-37.5 1274.74 95 121100 181650 Sub Total 121100 181650
IV Year A-A' 37.5-36 610 90 54900 82350
B-B' 39-36 697 95 66200 99300 Sub Total 121100 181650
Total Production for 5 years 605499 908249
Average Production per year 121100 181650
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 2-9
Figure 2.5 Year wise Working Plan
Figure 2.6 Year wise Working cross sections
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 2-10
2.8 Machinery Requirement
The list of machinery required for mining operation is presented in Table 2.5.
Table 2.5 List of Machinery
Machinery Quantity, No
Excavator 1
Jack Hammers 1
Tipper 4
Water Tanker 1
2.9 Employment Potential
The proposed method of mining is opencast fully mechanized. Workers are
required for loading of waste material and general purpose only. The employment
potential is presented in Table 2.6.
Table 2.6 Employment Potential
S. No Employee type Quantity
1 Mines Manager/ Foreman/Mining mate 1
2 Mines Supervisor 1
3 Excavator Operators and helpers 5
4 Tipper Drivers 3
5 Pick up Drivers 1
6 Security Guard 2
Total 13
2.10 Site Services
It is proposed to provide the site services like mine office and other statutory
constructions like rest shelter, first aid, work shed and drinking water as required
near the quarry lease area. The workers required shall be sourced from
surrounding villages. Drinking water is obtained from Balakrishnapuram village
through tankers to mining staff and workers. A tractor mounted tanker is proposed
for sprinkling of water mainly on village roads to suppress the dust generated due
to vehicular movement. Fencing is also provided around the working pit to avoid
accidental slippage of men and animals, while the worked-out pit is used as
reservoir for storage of rain water. DG sets will be utilized during load shutdown
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 2-11
by APTRANSCO and the emissions from the DG sets are released into atmosphere
through 2 m height stack as prescribed by CPCB.
2.11 Fire Fighting Facilities
First aid Kit is proposed in the office Room, 24 hours Commander Jeep, 2 fire gas
cylinders and 10 fire Buckets will be available in the site for use during emergency.
primary health center is located at Satyavedu which is at a distance of 6.7 km. Fire
station and police station are located at Satyavedu and are well connected by roads.
The 108 Ambulance services provided by the local authorities may be utilized by
lessee during medical emergency.
2.12 Water Requirement (Terms of Reference No. 24)
Water requirement for the mine is mainly for maintaining green belt, water for dust
suppression on the haulage roads to mitigate dust emissions and for domestic
purposes. The total water requirement is 4.0 KLD shall be drawn from
Balakrishnapuram village/ storm water storage. The rainwater stored in the
worked-out pit is used for sprinkling, wet drilling and greenbelt development. The
water requirement is presented in Table 2.7.
Table 2.7 Water requirement
S. No Water Usage Quantity, KLD
1 Water sprinkling on haul rods 2.0
2 Domestic 0.6
3 Green Belt development 1.4
Total 4.0
2.13 Wastewater Generation
The generation of wastewater is from domestic source only; it is expected to be
approximately 0.5 KLD, which is sent to septic tank followed by soak pit. The
ground water is at 25 m near to foot hill of the mine lease. The rain water
accumulating at pit bottom in rainy seasons will be diverted to work out pit and
reused. A low head diesel pump unit will be deployed to dewatering the working
mine.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 2-12
2.14 Waste Generation and management
No waste will be generated during the quarrying and the entire material will be
used.
2.15 Reclamation and Rehabilitation
The mineral bearing area will be mined out up to ultimate depth by maintaining
proposed bench height and width of 6 m and 3 m respectively. After completion of
mining operations shall be converted in to a pond. The rainwater will be collected
continuously in the worked-out area and percolate in to the ground. The top bench
shall be afforested with local species and plants.
2.16 Details of Cluster Projects
The MoEFCC through its legislation has issued a notification No. SO 141(E),
dt.15.1.2016 through which it issued cluster guidelines for the purpose of obtaining
Prior Environmental Clearance for the Mines. As per that SO every mine shall
obtain prior EC for its operations and also EC for the entire cluster in case it falls in
the definition of cluster. Accordingly, a letter was obtained from ADMG mines vide
no. 927/Q1/2011, dt.20.03.2020. which mentioned that there is one mines within
500 m distance from the mine lease area. The details of Cluster projects are given in
Table 2.8.
Table 2.8 Mine leases within 500m radius
S. No Name of the mine lease
Extent, ha
Grant/LOI Mine Lease date
Location of the Mine Lease Area
1 Sri K. Saravanan 8 17.01.2020 LOI Sy No. 93/4 (Old Sy No. 93), Kadirivedu Village, Satyavedu Mandal, Chittoor District.
2 Sri P. R. Venkatesan 8 17.01.2020 LOI
3 Sri R. Sadanandan 8 17.01.2020 LOI
4 Sri P. Balaji 8 17.01.2020 LOI
Total 32.00
The total reserves, production and life of the mine in the cluster are presented in
Table 2.9. Hence the reserves are assumed by extrapolating the reserves of the
present project. The lease period and production quantities are obtained from
district survey report.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 2-13
Table 2.9 Total Reserves, Production and Life of the Mine in the Cluster
Name Extent, ha Production per
annum, TPA Reserves,
TPA Life of Mine,
Years
Sri K. Saravanan 8 181651 908250 5
Sri P. R. Venkatesan 8 188072 940359 5
Sri R. Sadanandan 8 162337 811683 5
Sri P. Balaji 8 146812 734060 5
Mining area utilized for mining in the cluster figures assessed based on assumption
given in in Table 2.10.
Table 2.10 Details of mining Area Utilized for Mining in the Cluster
Name of the mine lease Extent, ha Area to be excavated,
ha Production/5 Year,
TPA
Sri K. Saravanan 8 7.072 908249
Sri P. R. Venkatesan 8 6.936 940358
Sri R. Sadanandan 8 7.146 811684
Sri P. Balaji 8 7.146 734062
The total water required for the cluster was 15.8 KLD, mainly for domestic usage,
green belt development and dust suppression. Water Requirement in the cluster is
presented in Table 2.11.
Table 2.11 Water Requirement in the cluster
Name of the Mine Area, ha Water
Requirement KLD Domestic
Water KLD Waste
Water KLD
Sri K. Saravanan 8 4.0 0.6 0.5
Sri P. R. Venkatesan 8 4.1 0.6 0.5
Sri R. Sadanandan 8 3.9 0.6 0.5
Sri P. Balaji 8 3.8 0.6 0.5
The total no of truck trips estimated in the cluster are 126. Details of transportation
in the cluster are presented in Table 2.12
Table 2.12 Details of Transportation
Name of the Mine Area, ha Production / Year, TPA No. of Trips per day
Sri K. Saravanan 8 181651 34
Sri P. R. Venkatesan 8 188072 35
Sri R. Sadanandan 8 162337 30
Sri P. Balaji 8 146812 27
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-1
CHAPTER 3.0 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
3.1 Introduction
Impact is defined as “The difference between what would happen with the action
and what would happen without it” by International Association of Impact
Assessment. Hence establishing the current status as baseline is an integral aspect of
preparation of Environmental Impact Assessment Report. Baseline data reflects the
present status of environment before the initiation of any activity of the proposed
mining project. The possible effects due to proposed mining activity are estimated
and superimposed on the compiled baseline data subsequently to assess
environmental impacts.
The study was conducted in the impact area; 10 km radius area surrounding the
Mine Lease area (MLA) during October 2020 – December 2020 for Cluster of mines (4
mine leases). Studies were undertaken to generate baseline data of
micrometeorology, ambient air quality (AAQ), water quality (ground and surface
water), noise levels, flora and fauna, land use and land cover, soil quality and socio-
economic status of the community.
3.2 Land Environment
Land and soil constitute basic components of the physical environment. The mining
activity may cause changes in land, land use, soil, and denudation processes in
different intensities contingent on spatial proximity of the activity and receptors.
Land and soil may get intensely altered within the mine lease area, and to some
extent within 1 km radius and to a lesser extent upto2km radial distance due to
development of the mining activity.
3.2.1 Physiography
The details of the mine lease location are presented in Table 3.1.
Table 3.1 Details of the mine lease location
Particulars Details
Name of the Project (s) Fully mechanized opencast method quarry for Gravel mine production@ 181651 TPA in an area of 8.0 ha by Sri K. Saravanan
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-2
Particulars Details
Name of the applicant Sri K. Saravanan
Location of the Project Survey No. 93/4 (Old Survey No. 93), Kadirivedu village, Satyavedu mandal, Chittoor district, Andhra Pradesh.
Project / Activity 1(a)
Category (A/B1/B2) B1
New / Expansion / Modernization New Project
Product Gravel @ 181651 TPA
Capital Cost, 60 lakhs
Legal Status of the Company Private
Ownership / Occupancy Private
Land Use Pattern (Forest, Agricultural, Grazing, Barren etc.) Govt. land – 8.0 ha
Latitudes (North) 13°22'55.3355"– 13°23'03.75486"
Longitudes (East) 79°56'55.33568"– 79°57'11.2269"
Survey of India sheet No 57 O/15
Elevation above Mean Sea Level (AMSL), m 48 m
Seismic zone Seismic Zone: III as per IS: 1893 (part -1): 2002 and can be classified as Least Active seismic Zone
Site surroundings
North : Connecting road
East : Open land
West : Open land
South : Open land
Nearest Village Balakrishnapuram village – 1.3 km – NE direction
Accessibility to site Road connecting – North direction
Road access Satyavedu to Tiruvallur road – 3.0 km - W direction
Nearest Town Chennai – 45 km – SE direction
District Head quarters Chittoor – 93 km – West direction
Nearest Railway station Gummidipundi – 18.6 km – NE direction
Nearest airport Chennai Airport – 49 km – SE direction
Nearest Port Chennai Port – 48 km – SE direction
Major Industries (Within 10 km radius) Nil within 10 km
Water Bodies in buffer area Arani River - 7.8 km - SW direction, Telugu Ganga Canal - 1.8 km - SW direction.
the Project / Activity attracts the provisions of CRZ Not Applicable
Reserve Forest
Ambakkam RF - 3.3 km – West, Palavakkam RF - 2.2 km - SW, Senjiyagaram RF - 4.6 km – SW, Manali RF - 8.3 km – SE, Panchali RF - 5.2 km – NE, Sirivedu RF - 4.2 km – NE, Nemaluru RF - 5.6 km – NE,
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-3
Particulars Details
Nandanam RF - 7.1 km – SW, Rajugunta RF - 8.6 km - NW.
Archaeological/ Historical/ Ancient Monuments Nil within 10 km
Inter-state boundary and international boundary
Andhra Pradesh and Tamil Nadu - adjacent from south side
Protected Areas notified under the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 Nil within 10 km
Eco-sensitive areas as notified under section 3 of the E (P) Act, 1986 Nil within 10 km
Critically polluted areas as identified by the Central Pollution Control Board from time to time, Nil within 10 km
The mine lease area is Kadirivedu village, Satyavedu mandal, Chittoor district,
Andhra Pradesh bearing non-agriculture vacant land and doesn't involve forest
land. The vegetation in the mine lease area consists mainly of few scrubs and
bushes. The base map of the study area is presented in Figure 3.1. The road network
map of the study area is presented in Figure 3.2.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-4
Figure 3.1 Base Map of the study area
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-5
Figure 3.2 Road network Map of the Study Area
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-6
3.2.2 Geology
The Study area is belonging to the late Archaean or early Proterozoic era, which is
succeeded by rocks of younger granite rock of Archean group and both are traversed
by Dolerite dykes. The rocks of Gondwana Supergroup occur non-conformably over
the PGC in the study area, represented by Satyavedu Formation (Under Gondwana)
and comprise motled, ferruginous quartzite and conglomerate with plant fossils.
Laterite cappings occur over Gondwana formations. The slope of the study area
from west to east. Large tracts of Alluvium occur along the major streams, which
belong to Recent Age.
Geological Age Type of Formation
Recent Alluvium
Pliestocene Laterite
---Un conformity---
Leuco Granite Younger intrusive, Quartz veins, and reefs. Pegmatites veins of alkali feldspar granite and Dolarite/Gabbro/Basalt dykes.
Peninsular Gneissic Complex (PGC) Migmatite group
Hornblende Granite and Leuco Hornblende granite
Archeans Biotite granite Gneiss, Hornblende Granite Gneiss, Porphyritic Hornblende Granite.
3.2.3 Hydrogeology
Study area is underlain by crystalline formations. The degree and depth of
weathering varies from place to place in crystalline formations and hence the
potentiality of shallow aquifers also varies. Groundwater occurs under unconfined
conditions in weathered portion and semi-confined to confined condition occurs in
fractures, joints at deeper depths. Groundwater in weathered formations is
developed by dug wells. The depth of the bore wells is up to 70-75m observed in the
study area. The average discharge of energized wells ranges from 18 to 30 KLD.
water level fluctuations +2 to 5 m observed in the study area.
The Groundwater development is very less in these formations. Groundwater
development in this formation is mostly by filter points and dug wells. The bore well
yields vary from 0.5 to 6lps. The bore wells sustain pumping for 3 to 5 hours/day.
The study area site surroundings water level ranges from 40 to 55 m bgl. The site
area exists dendritic drainage pattern, drainage flow from west to east direction, and
Arani River located in the study area from SW direction.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-7
Figure 3.3 Geological map of the study area
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-8
Figure 3.4 Groundwater map of the study area
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-9
3.2.4 Soils (Terms of Reference No. 22)
Soil may be defined as a thin layer of earth’s crust that serves as a natural medium
for the growth of plants. It is the unconsolidated mineral matter that has been
subjected to and influenced by genetic and environmental factors such as parent
materials, climate, organisms, and physico-chemical action of wind, water, and
sunlight, all acting over a period of time. Soil differs from the parent materials in
morphological, physical, chemical, and biological properties. Also, soil differs
among them in some or all the genetic or environmental factors, therefore, some soils
are yellow, some are black, some are coarse-textured. They serve as a reservoir of
nutrients for plants and crop and also provide mechanical anchorage and favorable
tilth.
The soil characteristics include both physical and chemical parameters. M/s. Team
Labs and Consultants field team carried out soil survey to assess the soil
characteristics of the study area. The land use and land cover map of the study area
is presented in Figure 3.5. (Terms of Reference No .04, 05 &10) It may be noted that
the land use land cover map reflects predominantly forest, agriculture followed by
barren lands. The impact area also has a significant percentage of agriculture nature
of the impact area, and also its dependence on tank for irrigation. Representative
soil sampling was done at various locations and these locations are shown in Figure
3.6. Analytical data of soil samples is presented in Table 3.2.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-10
Figure 3.5 Land Use Land Cover Map of the Study Area
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-11
Figure 3.6 Soil Sampling Locations
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-12
Table 3.2 Soil Analysis Data
Parameter Unit S-1 S-2 S-3 S-4 S-5 S-6 S-7 S-8
pH - 6.05 5.34 5.37 5.42 5.34 5.15 6 4.27
Electrical Conductivity (EC) dS/m 0.062 0.057 0.106 0.043 0.047 0.044 0.11 0.08
Bulk Density g/cc 1.43 1.33 1.18 1.33 1.43 1.43 1.33 1.25
Cation-Exchange Capacity (CEC)
Cmol (+)/kg 3.1 2.4 2.8 2.7 2.0 3.8 3.1 2.1
Infiltration rate mm/hour 16 22 17 18 25 12 19 14
Porosity % 46 50 56 50 46 46 50 53
Water Holding Capacity (W.H.C) % 0.95 2.29 1.35 1.24 7.03 9.32 1.44 1.47
Moisture % 0.95 2.34 1.37 1.26 7.56 10.28 1.46 1.49
Organic Matter % 0.93 2.38 2.66 0.44 1.01 0.88 1.42 0.36
Carbonates % Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil
Sand % 50 53 47 50 53 44 50 41
Silt % 37 31 41 40 33 36 42 44
Clay % 13 16 12 10 14 20 8 15
Organic Carbon % 0.54 1.38 1.54 0.25 0.59 0.51 0.83 0.21
Nitrogen (as N) % 0.038 0.037 0.071 0.087 0.224 0.116 0.049 0.064
Phosphorus (as P) % 0.625 0.523 0.485 0.675 0.954 0.264 0.562 0.314
Potassium (as K) mg/kg 74 85 109 62 74.2 94 58 63
Sodium (as Na) mg/kg 334 280 274 252 186 264 220 200
Calcium (as Ca) mg/kg 160 120 140 120 60 240 220 148
Magnesium (as Mg) mg/kg 85 49 73 97 85 146 109 44
Calcium/Magnesium ratio - 1.88 2.45 1.92 1.24 0.71 1.64 2.02 3.36
Sodium Absorption Ratio (SAR) - 5.31 5.44 4.68 4.15 3.62 3.32 3.03 3.71
Chlorides (as Cl) mg/kg 1099 674 993 461 1276 1135 390 284
Sulphates (as SO4) mg/kg 58 50 37 35 33 48 45 47
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-13
Copper (as Cu) mg/kg 12 12 13 11 10 21 16 13
Manganese (as Mn) mg/kg 361 361 231 278 326 372 289 384
Zinc (as Zn) mg/kg 7.2 7.2 5.6 8.1 6.7 4.9 6.2 8.1
Texture - Loam Sandy loam Loam Loam
Sandy loam Loam Loam Loam
S1- Mine Lease Area, S2-Gopalareddikandigai, S3- Balakrishnapuram, S4-Chinnabudur, S5- Madanamjeri, S6- Peradam, S7- Ambakkam and S8- Karadiputtur.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-14
The test results of soil samples collected in the impact area are interpreted referring
to the book; “Interpreting soil test results”. The reference tables are presented in
Table 3.3. The pH of soil samples is neutral. The cation exchange capacity of the
soils is very low. The level of nitrogen of all samples is low. The calcium-
magnesium ratio of the samples reflects Ca lowin8samples. Bulk density of soil of
impact varies from 1.11-1.25g/cc amongLoam soils (5samples), 1.05-1.25g/cc among
Sandy loam soils (3samples). The porosity values range from 53-58 % among loam
(5samples), 53-60% among sandy loam soils(3samples). Soil texture is
predominantly Loam.
Table 3.3 Soil Test Results – Reference Tables
General interpretation of pH Measured Rating for Cation Exchange Capacity
pH Range Classification CEC (Cmol)+)/kg
<4.5 Extremely Acidic Very low <6 *
4.51 -5.0 Very Strong Acidic Low 6-12
5.1-5.5 Strong Acid Moderate 12-25
5.6- 6.0 Moderately Acid High 25-40
6.1-6.5 Slightly acid Very High >40
6.6-7.3 Neutral Source: Metson (1961) * Soils with CEC less than three are often low in fertility and susceptible to soil acidification.
7.4-7.8 Mildily Alkaline
7.9 -8.4 Moderately Alkaline
8.5-9.0 Strongly Alkaline
>9.0 Very Strongly Alkaline
Source: Bruce and Rayment (1982).
Ca/mg Ratio Base Saturation as a Criterion of Leaching
Description Range (%BS) Rating
<1 Ca Deficient 70-100 Very Weakly Leached
1-4 Ca (Low) 50-70 Weakly Leached
4-6 Balanced 30-50 Moderately Leached
6-10 Mg (Low) 15-30 Strongly Leached
>10 Mg deficient 0-15 Very Strongly Leached Source: Eckert (1987) Source: Metson (1961)
Rating of Total Nitrogen Extractable Potassium (K)
Rating (% by W) Description K
<0.05 Very low low <150 ppm* (< 0.4 meq/100 g soil)
0.05-0.15 Low medium 150–250 ppm (0.4–0.6 meq/100 g soil)
0.15-0.25 Modium high 250–800 ppm (0.6–2.0 meq/100 g soil)
0.25-0.50 High excessive >800 ppm (>2.0 meq/100 g soil)
>0.5 Very High Source: Abbott (1989)
Source: Bruce and Rayment (1982)
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-15
3.3 Water Environment
Industrial development of any region is contingent on the availability of sufficient
water resources, as most of the process industries require water for process or
cooling purposes. The potential for exploitation of groundwater resources increases
as development of new projects increases in industrial and agricultural areas. With
the increasing industrialization and urbanization, the possibilities of contamination
of surface water and Groundwater sources are rapidly increasing. The water
resources in the impact area broadly fall into following categories; surface water
sources mainly consisting of tanks and ponds and Groundwater sources of tube
wells, dug wells, and dug/bore wells which abstract accumulated water in the
aquifers in the deeper strata of ground.
3.3.1 Surface Water Resources
Arani River at a distance of 7.5 km in SW direction and Telugu Ganga Canal at a
distance of 1.9 km in SW direction from the mine lease boundary. There are no tanks
in the quarry lease area, however, a number of tanks are observed in the North, East,
and southern part of impact area.
3.3.1.1 Surface Water Quality (Terms of Reference No. 27)
In order to have an idea of quality of water flowing in the region, representative
water samples were collected and analyzed according to IS 2296:1986. The analytical
results of water samples drawn from various locations in the study area during
monitoring are presented in Table 3.4. The sampling locations of both ground and
surface water are presented in Figure 3.8.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-16
Table 3.4 Surface water Analysis Data
Parameters SW-1 SW-2 Units Method of Analysis IS 2296:
1982
Temperature 27 28 oC IS:3025(part 09):1984, (RA:2017) NS
Colour 16 25 Hazen IS:3025(part 04):1983, (RA:2017) 300
Turbidity 0.2 1.2 NTU IS:3025(part 10):1984, (RA:2017) NS
pH 6.54 6.85 - IS: 3025(part 11):1983, (RA: 2017) 6.5-8.5
Total Solids 269 305 mg/l IS: 3025(part 15):1984, (RA:2014) NS
Total Dissolved Solids 256 294 mg/l IS: 3025(part 16):1984, (RA:2017) 1500
Total Suspended Solids 13.0 11.0 mg/l IS: 3025(part 17):1984, (RA:2017) NS
Total Hardness (as CaCO3) 99 148 mg/l IS: 3025 (part 21): 2009, (RA:2014) NS
Calcium (as Ca) 18 28 mg/l IS: 3025 (part 40): 1986, (RA:2014) NS
Magnesium (as Mg) 13 19 mg/l IS: 3025 (part 46): 1994, (RA:2014) NS
Sodium (as Na) 30.0 29.0 mg/l IS: 3025 (part 45): 1993, (RA:2014) NS
Potassium (as K) 19.0 13.0 mg/l IS: 3025 (part 45): 1993, (RA:2014) NS
Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) 110 110 mg/l IS: 3025 (part 23): 1986, (RA:2014) NS
Chloride (as Cl) 35 66 mg/l IS: 3025 (part 32): 1988, (RA:2014) 600
Sulphates (as SO4) 29 25 mg/l IS: 3025 (part 24): 1986, (RA:2014) 400
Nitrate Nitrogen (as NO3) 3.7 3.0 mg/l IS: 3025 (Part 34) : 1988, (RA:2014) 50
Silica (as SiO2) 5.6 4.5 mg/l IS: 3025 (part 35): 1988, (RA:2014) NS
Fluoride (as F) 0.29 0.45 mg/l IS: 3025 (part 60): 2008 (RA:2013) 1.5
Residual, Free Chlorine <0.2 <0.2 mg/l IS: 3025 (part 26): 1986, (RA:2014) NS
Mineral Oil Nil Nil mg/l IS:3025 (part 39:1991 (RA:2014) NS
Aluminium (as Al) <0.5 <0.5 mg/l APHA-3500-Al, 2012 NS
Hexavalent Chromium (as Cr6+) <0.05 <0.05 mg/l IS:3025 (part 52):2003, (RA:2014) 0.05
Copper (as Cu) <0.01 1.01 mg/l IS:3025 (part 42):1992, (RA:2014) 1.5
Iron (as Fe) 0.37 0.46 mg/l IS:3025 (part 53:2003, (RA:2014) 50
Lead (as Pb) <0.01 <0.01 mg/l IS:3025 (part 47:1994, (RA:2014) 0.1
Manganese (as Mn) 0.03 0.01 mg/l APHA-3500-Mn, 2012 NS
Mercury (as Hg) <0.01 <0.01 mg/l IS:3025 (part 48:1994, (RA:2014) NS
Nickel (as Ni) <0.01 <0.01 mg/l IS:3025(part 54):2003, (RA:2014) NS
Zinc (as Zn) 0.21 0.26 mg/l IS:3025(part 54):2003, (RA:2014) 15
Dissolved Oxygen 16 12 mg/l Is:3025 Part 38:1989 (RA:2014) 4
Chemical Oxygen Demand 5.2 3.7 mg/l IS:3025 Part 58:2006 (RA:2017) NS
BOD 3 days at 27±10C 562 689 mg/l IS:3025 Part 44:1993 (RA:2014) 3
Total Coliforms 984 813 MPN /100 ml APHA9221A & 922B:2012 5000
SW1- Balakrishnapuram, SW2- Chinnabudur.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-17
3.3.1.2. Groundwater Resources
Groundwater is the accumulation of water below the ground surface, caused by
rainfall and its subsequent percolation through pores and crevices. Percolated water
accumulates till it reaches an impervious stratum consisting of confined clay or
confined rocks. Occurrence of groundwater is controlled by landform, structure and
lithology. Groundwater abstraction is by means of dug wells, dug cum driven wells,
and bore wells. Every village has a number of traditional wells large and small. The
state authorities have also provided tube wells fitted with hand pumps for the
drinking water requirement of villages in the study area. Presently the drinking
water needs are mostly met from the Groundwater resources.
3.3.1.3 Quality of Groundwater
The representative samples are collected from various dug wells and bore wells in
the study area. The list of sample locations is presented in Table 3.5. The analytical
results of water samples drawn from various locations in the study area are
presented in Table 3.6. The map showing the locations of sample collection is
presented in Figure 3.8. It may be observed that the analytical results are above the
prescribed standards for total hardness and total suspended solids in some samples.
Table 3.5 Locations of Groundwater sampling
S. No Location Name Direction
form ML area Distance from ML Area, km
GW-01. Near ML Area - -
GW-02. Gopalareddikandigai SE 1.5
GW-03. Balakrishnapuram NE 1.3
GW-04. Chinnabudur NW 1.3
GW-05. Madanamjeri SW 1.7
GW-06. Peradam NW 2.8
GW-07. Ambakkam SW 2.9
GW-08. Karadiputtur SE 1.6
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-18
Figure 3.7 Drainage pattern of the study area
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-19
Figure 3.8 Water Sampling Locations (Ground and Surface water)
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-20
Table 3.6 Groundwater Analysis Data
Parameters GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8 Units Method of Analysis IS 10500:2012
Standard
Temperature 27 27 27 25 25 27 26 27 oC IS:3025(part 09):1984, (RA:2017) -
Colour 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 Hazen IS:3025 (part 04):1983, (RA:2017) 5
Turbidity 0.6 0.5 0.2 0.7 0.6 0.2 0.1 0.3 NTU IS:3025 (part 10):1984, (RA:2017) 1
pH 6.75 6.86 6.62 6.83 6.81 6.92 6.54 6.72 - IS: 3025 (part 11):1983, (RA: 2017) 6.5-8.5
Total Solids 309 290 331 301 425 245 243 263 mg/l IS: 3025 (part 15):1984, (RA:2014) NS
Total Dissolved Solids 302 283 326 295 418 240 237 256 mg/l IS: 3025 (part 16):1984, (RA:2017) 500
Total Suspended Solids 7 7 5 6 7 5 6 7.0 mg/l IS: 3025 (part 17):1984, (RA:2017) NS
Total Hardness (as CaCO3) 134 142 144 135 175 104 103 104 mg/l IS: 3025 (part 21):2009, (RA:2014) 200
Calcium (as Ca) 24 22 28 26 32 22 18.0 20 mg/l IS: 3025 (part 40):1986, (RA:2014) 75
Magnesium (as Mg) 18 21.0 18 17 23 12.0 14.0 13 mg/l IS: 3025 (part 46) :1994, (RA:2014) 30
Sodium (as Na) 38 29 35 33 61 25 27 29 mg/l IS:3025 (part 45) :1993, (RA:2014) NS
Sodium Absorption Ratio 13.0 11.0 13.0 14.0 13 13 11 14 - - NS
Potassium (as K) 100 105 110 100 120 105 100 95 mg/l IS:3025 (part 45) :1993, (RA:2014) NS
Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) 49 58 52 48 74 35 31 37 mg/l IS: 3025 (part 23): 1986, (RA:2014) 200
Chloride (as Cl) 45 24 42 37 50 16.0 19.0 27.0 mg/l IS: 3025 (part 32): 1988, (RA:2014) 250
Sulphate (as SO4-) 16 11 13 17 14 13 12.0 11.0 mg/l IS: 3025 (part 24): 1986, (RA:2014) 200
Nitrate Nitrogen (as NO3) 8.4 5.2 6.0 7.9 3.3 4.0 8.7 6.7 mg/l IS: 3025 (Part 34): 1988, (RA:2014) 45
Silica (as SiO2) 0.34 0.41 0.54 0.52 0.44 0.34 0.56 0.37 mg/l IS: 3025 (part 35): 1988, (RA:2014) NS
Fluoride (as F) 27 27 27 25 25 27 26 27 mg/l IS: 3025 (part 60): 2008, (RA:2013) 1.0
Copper (as Cu) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 mg/l IS:3025 (part 42):1992, (RA:2014) 0.05
Iron (as Fe) 0.26 0.17 0.16 0.13 0.17 0.25 0.16 0.17 mg/l IS:3025 (part 53):2003, (RA:2014) 0.30
Manganese (as Mn) 0.05 0.02 0.03 0.07 0.04 0.06 0.07 0.05 mg/l APHA-3500 Mn:2012 0.10
Nickel (as Ni) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 mg/l IS:3025 (part 54):2003, (RA:2014) 0.02
Zinc (as Zn) 0.13 0.17 0.16 0.11 0.17 0.15 0.18 0.12 mg/l IS:3025 (part 49):1994, (RA:2014) 5.0
GW1- Mine Lease Area, GW2-Gopalareddikandigai, GW 3- Balakrishnapuram, GW 4-Chinnabudur, GW 5- Madanamjeri, GW 6- Peradam, GW 7- Ambakkam and GW 8- Karadiputtur.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-21
3.4 Air Environment
3.4.1 Meteorology
Micrometeorological studies are simultaneously conducted with air quality
monitoring. Meteorology plays a vital role in effecting the dispersion of pollutants,
once discharged into the atmosphere, their transport, dispersion, and diffusion into
the environment. The meteorological data is very useful for interpretation of the
baseline information and for model study of air quality impacts also. Since
meteorological data show wide fluctuations with time, meaningful interpretation
can only be drawn from long-term and reliable data. Such source of data is the India
Meteorological Department (IMD), which maintains a network of meteorological
stations at several important locations. The nearest IMD station is located at Tirupati.
The data recorded for IMD station at Tirupati is summarized and the salient features
of the summarized data are as follows in Table 3.7.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-22
Table 3.7 Normal Climatological Table
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-24
3.4.2 Meteorological Station at Mine Lease area
The micrometeorological data at the ML area is collected simultaneously with
ambient air quality monitoring. The station was installed at height of 10 meters
above the ground level and the same is located in such a way that there are no
obstructions facilitating free flow of wind. Wind speed, wind direction, humidity,
temperature, and rainfall are recorded on hourly basis. Salient features of
micrometeorological data collected during study period are as follows:
1. Wind Direction and Speed:
The hourly wind speed and wind direction observations are computed for the study
period and the same are presented in Table 3.8 and the wind rose diagrams are
presented in Figure 3.9. The following observations can be made from the collected
data;
• There is 4.71% of Calm period is observed during the time of monitoring.
• The predominant wind direction is WNW.
• Other than predominant wind directions of wind from North and west.
• Mostly the wind speeds are observed to be in the range of 1-5 kmph and 5-10
kmph.
The maximum and minimum temperature and relative humidity and total rainfall
are summarized below. The salient features are discussed in brief as follows
2) Temperature (in0C)
(a) Maximum: 34.6 0C (b) Minimum: 21.10C (b) Mean: 26.80C
3) Humidity (in %)
The daily relative humidity values are observed to range between 48 to 74%. The
mean value of humidity is 62%.
4) Rainfall (in mm)
(a) Maximum: 2.6 mm
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-25
Table 3.8 Frequency Distribution Wind Direction and Wind Speed
Direction Wind Speed in KMPH
Calm 1-5 5-10 10-15 >15 Total
N 9.42 5.98 0.09 0.18 15.67
NNE 3.35 3.40 0.23 0.05 7.02
NE 2.17 1.49 3.67
ENE 1.22 0.50 1.72
E 1.31 0.59 0.14 2.04
ESE 1.22 1.36 2.58
SE 0.86 0.27 1.13
SSE 0.23 0.05 0.27
S 0.68 0.09 0.77
SSW 0.23 0.05 0.27
SW 0.18 0.00 0.18
WSW 0.82 0.27 1.09
W 6.84 5.03 1.81 0.09 13.77
WNW 12.32 9.42 2.99 0.45 25.18
NW 10.24 2.36 0.23 0.05 12.86
NNW 5.62 1.36 0.09 7.07
Calm 4.71 4.71
Total 4.71 56.70 32.20 5.57 0.82 100.00
(Data Period: October, 2020 – December, 2020)
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-26
Figure 3.9 Wind rose diagram of mine lease area
WRPLOT View - Lakes Environmental Software
WIND ROSE PLOT:
COMMENTS:
MODELER:
Team Labs and Consultants, Hyderabad
PROJECT NO.:
NORTH
SOUTH
WEST EAST
5.14%
10.3%
15.4%
20.6%
25.7%
WIND SPEED (m/s)
>= 4.20
2.80 - 4.20
1.40 - 2.80
0.28 - 1.40
Calms: 4.71%
TOTAL COUNT:
2208 hrs.
CALM WINDS:
4.71%
DATA PERIOD:
Start Date: 10/1/2020 - 00:00End Date: 12/31/2020 - 23:00
AVG. WIND SPEED:
1.27 m/s
DISPLAY:
Wind SpeedDirection (blowing from)
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-27
3.4.3 Ambient Air Quality
Air pollution means the presence in the outdoor atmosphere of one or more
combinations thereof in such quantities and of such duration as are or may tend to
be injurious to human, plant or animal life or property. Air pollutants include
smoke, vapors, soot, fumes, gases, mist, odors, particulate matter, radioactive
material or noxious chemicals. Air pollution produces a number of adverse effects
including offensive smell, loss of atmospheric clarity, soiling of clothes, buildings,
and manufactured goods by smoke and dust. The hazards caused to man, animals,
vegetation, environment, and climate have been understood in the past decade. The
effects of air pollution are briefly discussed below.
a) Effect on human beings
Airborne spores, pollen grains, virus, bacteria, fungi, fur and hairs cause various
allergic reactions, bronchial asthma, tuberculosis and other infections. Sulphur
dioxide produces drying of the mouth, scratchy throat and smarting eyes. It also
causes chest constriction, headache, vomiting, and death from respiratory diseases.
Sulphur trioxide, Nitrogen oxide, and carbon monoxide diffuse in the bloodstream.
They combine with haemoglobin and reduce its oxygen carrying capacity. Nitrogen
oxide in high concentration impairs the functioning of lungs by causing
accumulation of water in the air spaces. Hydrocarbons have been reported to cause
cancer in man. Hydrogen sulphide causes nausea and irritates eyes and throat.
Ammonia attacks upper respiratory passages. Ozone causes dryness of mucous
membrane of the mouth, nose, and throat. It changes visual capacity, causes
headache, pulmonary congestion and oedema. Arsines damage red cells in blood,
kidney and cause jaundice. Suspended particles like ash, soot and smoke cause eye
irritation, tuberculosis and possible cancer. Fine particles of various metals present
in the air cause a number of diseases. Heavy dust fall is one of the major causes of
asthma, cough, and other diseases of lungs and throat. Lead can damage the brain of
young children and may even cause death. It affects the normal functioning of the
nervous system in adults. Cadmium is a respiratory poison and may cause high
blood pressure and a number of heart diseases. Asbestos fibers have been associated
in chronic lung diseases.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-28
b) Effect on animals
Air pollution causes widespread damage to live-stock. The effect of air pollution on
domestic animals living in or near industrial areas is similar to those of human
beings. Live stocks ingest various fluorine compounds which fall on fodder crops
causing abnormal calcification of bones and teeth. It results in lameness, loss of
weight, and frequent diarrhea.
c) Effect on plants
Air pollution has serious harmful effects on plants. Sulphur dioxide causes chlorosis.
It results in the death of cells and tissues. Forest trees are worst affected by sulphur
dioxide pollutants. Fluorides damage leafy vegetables such as lettuce and spinach.
Oxides of nitrogen and fluorides reduce crop yields. Photochemical smog bleaches
and blazes foliage of plants. Hydrocarbons cause premature fall of leaves and flower
buds, discolouration of sepals, and curling of petals. Ozone damages cereals, fruits
and cotton crops. It also causes premature yellowing and shedding of leaves.
d) Effect on materials
The acid rain and photochemical smog affect metals and buildings. Acid rain
pollutes the soil and water sources. Acidic products of the air pollutant cause
disintegration of textile, paper. Many small industrial units and sources of
locomotive pollutants have been sifted to save the famous marble structure, Taj
Mahal at Agra. Hydrogen sulphide decolorizes silver and lead paints. Ozone
oxidizes rubber goods.
e) Aesthetic loss
Dust and smoke in the air do not allow us to have a clear view of nature’s beauty
and man-made objects. Smoke and foul smells emitted by factories, automobiles,
dirty drains and garbage dumps make urban life discomfortable. Smoking in public
places affects the health of not only the smoker but also the non-smoker.
f) Change in Climate
A change in the earth’s climate due to atmospheric pollution is an alarming global
concern. It has been observed that in the recent past, the level of CO2 in the
atmosphere has increased from 290 ppm to 330 ppm. Approximately one-fourth of
this rise has occurred in the past decade. Rapid increase in population, deforestation
and excessive burning of fossil fuel has been responsible for this increase. It is also
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-29
predicted that this factor alone could lead to rise in global temperature, causing
“Green House Effect” or “Global Warming”.
Green House effect may be defined as the progressive warming up the earth surface
due to blanketing effect of man-made CO2 in the atmosphere. The thick CO2 layer
functions like the glass panel of a greenhouse preventing re-radiation of heat to
outer space. A rise of global temperature by more than 2 or 3 0C may lead to the
melting of polar ice cap and glaciers. This will cause rise in ocean level and
consequent flooding of costal towns and submersion of many oceanic islands. This
would also affect the rainfall pattern and productivity of agricultural crops.
With proposed mining activity a range of different pollutants, like PM10 and PM2.5
from mining and transportation, SO2, NOx and CO from fuel combustion in the
semi-mechanized operations and transportation of mineral, are released into the
atmosphere that are dispersed and have a significant impact on neighborhood air
environment. Thus, collection of baseline data of air environment occupies a
predominant role in the impact assessment statement. The ambient air quality status
across the study zone forms basis for prediction of the impacts due to the project.
The gravel quarry project is located at Kadirivedu Village, Satyavedu mandal,
Chittoor district, Andhra Pradesh. The data required to asses air quality impacts in
and around neighborhood is achieved by designing such a network, which
encompasses micrometeorological conditions, quantity and quality of emissions,
locations, duration, resources/monitoring technology and operational criteria. The
ambient air quality stations were identified considering the above factors.
3.4.4 Scope of Field study
The scope of baseline status of the ambient air quality can be assessed through a
well-designed ambient air quality station network. Ambient air quality monitoring
of the study area consisting of 10 km radius with the mine lease area as the center
point was carried out during the study period of October 2020 – December 2020. The
ambient air quality was monitored at eight locations spread over entire study area.
Figure 3.10 presents the locations of eight ambient air quality monitoring stations. At
each sampling, station monitoring was carried out for 24 hours a day for 2 days a
week and for three months during post-monsoon season. The parameters studied
are Particulate Matter (Size Less than 10µm) or PM10 µg/m3, Particulate Matter (Size
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-30
Less than 2.5 µm) or PM2.5 µg/m3, Sulfur dioxide, and Oxides of Nitrogen. Sampling
period, monitoring, and analysis of the above variables is according to the guidelines
of Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB). National Ambient Air Quality Standards
(NAAQ) is enclosed in Annexure I.
3.4.5 Description of Sampling Locations
The location of ambient air quality stations is contingent on the meteorological status
of the area. Hence the micrometeorological data was collected before initiating the
ambient air quality monitoring, and the stations were selected within 10 km of the
project site based on wind direction as the mine operations are limited. Table 3.9
presents the ambient air quality locations and their distances and directions from the
mine lease area.
Table 3.9 Locations of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations
S. No Location Name Direction
form ML area Distance From ML area, km
AAQ-01. Near ML Area - -
AAQ-02. Gopalareddikandigai SE 1.5
AAQ-03. Balakrishnapuram NE 1.3
AAQ-04. Chinnabudur NW 1.3
AAQ-05. Madanamjeri SW 1.7
AAQ-06. Peradam NW 2.8
AAQ-07. Ambakkam SW 2.9
AAQ-08. Karadiputtur SE 1.6
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-31
Figure 3.10 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-32
3.4.6 Ambient air quality status (Terms of Reference No. 22)
The existing baseline levels with respect to Particulate Matter (Size Less than 10µm)
or PM10 µg/m3, Particulate Matter (Size Less than 2.5 µg/m3) or PM2.5 µg/m3,
Sulphur dioxide and oxides of nitrogen at 8 locations are presented in Table 3.10.
The AAQ baseline data observed values are found to be within the prescribed
NAAQ standards.
Table 3.10 Summary Ambient Air Quality Status
Pollutant Maximum Minimum Mean 98 Percentile
1) Location: Mine Lease Area
PM10 44 34 39.54 44 PM2.5 19 16 17.50 19 SO2 11 8 9.50 11 NOx 10 6 8.08 10 2) Location: Gopalareddikandigai
PM10 46 36 40.96 46 PM2.5 21 17 18.58 21 SO2 10 6 7.65 10
NOx 10 7 7.73 10 3) Location: Balakrishnapuram
PM10 43 34 39.23 43 PM2.5 20 15 17.73 20 SO2 9 6 7.27 9 NOx 9 7 7.62 9 4) Location: Chinnabudur
PM10 42 37 40.62 42 PM2.5 21 16 18.58 21 SO2 8 7 7.50 8
NOx 9 7 7.77 9 5) Location: Madanamjeri
PM10 44 38 41.19 44 PM2.5 19 14 16.69 19 SO2 9 6 7.54 9 NOx 9 6 7 9 6) Location: Peradam
PM10 43 36 37.85 42 PM2.5 19 14 17.42 19
SO2 9 6 7.58 9 NOx 9 6 7.58 9 7) Location: Ambakkam
PM10 44 36 39.88 44
PM2.5 19 14 16.38 19
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-33
Pollutant Maximum Minimum Mean 98 Percentile
SO2 9 6 7.38 9 NOx 9 6 7.58 9 8) Location: Karadiputtur
PM10 45 34 41.27 45 PM2.5 19 14 16.65 19 SO2 9 6 7.54 9 NOx 9 6 7.50 9 Note: 1.PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx are presented in µg/m³, 2. Lead, Arsenic, Nickel values are BDL
Table 3.11 AQI Index Showing the Results of Ambient Air Quality
Location Air quality
index AQI Category
(Range) Associated Health Impacts
Near ML Area 44
Good (0-50) Minimal Impact
Gopalareddikandigai 46
Balakrishnapuram 43
Chinnabudur 42
Madanamjeri 44
Peradam 43
Ambakkam 44
Karadiputtur 45
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-34
3.4.7 Noise Environment (Terms of Reference No. 22)
Noise is an unwanted sound without musical quality. Artificial noise impact on
environment, grown apace with advancing human civilization. Noise pollution is
equally hazardous to environment as air, water and other forms of pollution.
Various noise measurement units have been introduced to describe, in a single
number, the response of an average human to a complex sound made up of various
frequencies at different loudness levels. The most common scale is, weighted decibel
dB (A), and measured as the relative intensity level of one sound with respect to
another sound (reference sound).
The impact of noise depends on its characteristics (instantaneous, intermittent or
continuous in nature), time of day (day or night), and location of noise source. Table
3.12 shows the effects of different noise levels on human beings. The environmental
impact of noise can have several effects varying from noise-induced hearing loss to
annoying depending on noise levels.
The assessment of noise pollution on neighborhood environment due to the mine
was carried out keeping in view, all the considerations mentioned above. The
existing status of noise levels is measured at eight locations at various villages within
the study area. Figure 3.11 presents noise level monitoring locations. The
monitored noise levels are shown in Table 3.13. Noise levels are observed to be
within the prescribed limits of rural and residential areas.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-35
Figure 3.11 Noise Monitoring Locations
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-36
Table 3.12 Effects on Human Beings at Different Noise Levels
Source Noise Level Db(A) Effects
Large Rocket Engine (nearby) 180 Threshold of Pains
Hydraulic Press (1 m) 130
Jet take-off (60 m) 120
Maximum vocal effort
Automobile Horn (1m) 120
Construction Noise 110
Jet Takeoff (600 m) 110
Shout, Punch, Press, Circular Saw 100 Very annoying
Heavy Truck (15m), Farm Machinery,
90 Prolonged exposure
Lathes, Sports Car, Noisy Machines Automobile (15m)
80 endangers hearing loss Annoying
Freeway Traffic (15m) 70 Telephone is difficult,
Loud Conversations 60
Living Room in Home 50 Quiet
Power Station (15m) 50
Bed Room in Home 40
Soft Whisper (5m) 30 Very quiet
Tick of Wall clock (1m) 30
Low radio Reception 20
Whisper 20
Rattling of Leaves by Breeze 10 Barely audible
0 Threshold of hearing
Table 3.13 Equivalent Noise levels in the study area
S.No Location Direction
form ML area
Distance From
ML area, km
Equivalent Noise Levels dB(A)
Leqday Leqnight
N-1 Near ML Area - - 48 35
N-2 Gopalareddikandigai SE 1.5 49 38
N-3 Balakrishnapuram NE 1.3 51 38
N-4 Chinnabudur NW 1.3 53 39
N-5 Madanamjeri SW 1.7 51 37
N-6 Peradam NW 2.8 52 38
N-7 Ambakkam SW 2.9 51 36
N-8 Karadiputtur SE 1.6 52 38
Note: Daytime is reckoned in between 6 a.m to 10 p.m. Nighttime is reckoned between 10 p.m to 6 a.m.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-37
3.4.8 Traffic Study
Traffic study was conducted during three alternative days including a holiday to
arrive at peak traffic hours. Peak traffic was observed during 8 – 9 AM consisting
of mainly passengers traffic was carried on Balakrishnapuram - Ambakkam. The
maximum PCUs observed in an hour are 42. The composition of the peak hour
traffic in PCU.
3.5 Socio-Economic Environment
Project development reflects in social development, i.e., growth in infrastructure
facilities, growth in employment rates, increased demands for housing, and other
amenities etc., which will have a bearing on the socio-economic status.
Socioeconomic survey is conducted to ascertain the existing socio-economic status
to compare the same with the developments due to the project. Baseline data of
demographic characteristics-occupational status, literacy, health status and access
to infrastructure facilities for social development in the project area has been
studied from the primary data collected from census department by M/s. Team
Labs and Consultants.
Demographic characteristics of the study area falling within 10 km radius of the
mine lease area have been compiled to assess the pre-project socio-economic status.
Secondary data has been collected from various government agencies i.e., chief
planning officer, Chittoorand other government departments of forestry, irrigation
etc., and Mandal Development Offices of the relevant government departments.
Census 2011 data was compiled and presented as follows.
3.5.1 Demography
The study area falls under the following mandals; Nagari, Vijayapuram,
Nindramandals in Chittoor district and Tiruttani, PallipattuMandalsin Thiruvarur
district, Tamilnadu state. Study area comprises 53 revenue villages and 12 hamlets.
3.5.2 Population Distribution
The population distribution of the study area is presented in Table 3.14. The
population density in the study area is more reflecting the semi urban nature and
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-38
park of Nagari. The total population of the area is 142195 consisting of 69999 males
and 72196 females. The population of the scheduled castes is 47685 consists of
23396 males and 24289 females, while the scheduled tribe population is 7208
consists of 3545 males and 3663 females, which is 33.53 % and 5.07 % of the total
population respectively. The male (49.23%) population is more compared to Female
(50.77%) population in the study area.
Table 3.14 Population Distribution – Study Area
Category
kms Total
0-3 3-5 5-7 7-10
Total Population 3919 17092 29839 91345 142195
Total Population – Male 1964 8436 14753 44846 69999
Total Population – Female 1955 8656 15086 46499 72196 Population <6 years 498 1856 2985 9508 14847
Male <6 years 254 953 1503 4845 7555
Females < 6years 244 903 1482 4663 7292 Scheduled Caste Population - Total 2405 7914 9134 28232 47685
Male – SC 1194 3935 4449 13818 23396
Female – SC 1211 3979 4685 14414 24289 Scheduled Tribe Population Total 16 452 2361 4379 7208
Male – ST 10 209 1163 2163 3545
Female – ST 6 243 1198 2216 3663
Figure 3.12 Population distribution of the study area
3.5.3 Literacy
Census operations consider a person who is above six years old and who can write
and read as literate. Table 3.15 presents literacy levels in the study area. The
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-39
population below six years old is 14847 consisting of 7555 males and 7292 females,
which is 10.44 % of the study area population. The percentage of literacy level in
the study area among males is 77.85 and 60.56 among females. It may be observed
that the literacy level among females is comparatively less than males.
Table 3.15 Literacy - Study Area
Category
kms Total
0-3 3-5 5-7 7-10
Total Population 3919 17092 29839 91345 142195
Total Population – Male 1964 8436 14753 44846 69999
Total Population – Female 1955 8656 15086 46499 72196
Population <6 years 498 1856 2985 9508 14847
Male <6 years 254 953 1503 4845 7555
Females < 6years 244 903 1482 4663 7292
Total Literates 2152 10203 19231 56328 87914
Male –Literates 1199 5676 10567 31169 48611
Female – Literates 953 4527 8664 25159 39303
Total Illiterates 1767 6889 10608 35017 54281
Male –Illiterate 765 2760 4186 13677 21388
Female – Illiterate 1002 4129 6422 21340 32893
Figure 3.13 Literacy of Study Area
3.5.4 Employment/Occupation
Work is defined as participation in any economically productive activity –
Physical/ mental. The work force is classified into three categories: a) main
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-40
workers, b) marginal workers and c) non-workers. Main workers are those who
work for a substantial part of the year for a living such as salaried employees,
agricultural labor etc. Marginal workers are that who worked the previous year
but has not worked for a substantial part of this year. Non-workers constitute
students, housewives, dependents; pensioner’s etc. Table 3.16 presents the
population distribution for employment.
It may be observed that a majority of the study area population falls in the non-
worker category among 52.63 % of the total population and the marginal workers
from about 10.00 % of the total population. The male-female difference is also
significant in all the regions and in all the categories. There are few females among
the workers whereas there are more non-workers and marginal workers among
females.
Table 3.16 Employment – Study Area
Category
kms Total
0-3 3-5 5-7 7-10
Total Population 3919 17092 29839 91345 142195
Total Population – Male 1964 8436 14753 44846 69999
Total Population – Female 1955 8656 15086 46499 72196
Total Workers 2114 8644 13234 43367 67359
Total Workers – Male 1138 4960 8438 26858 41394
Total Workers – Female 976 3684 4796 16509 25965
Total Main Workers 1925 6497 11787 32926 53135
Main workers – Male 1062 3974 7662 21779 34477
Main Workers – Female 863 2523 4125 11147 18658
Total Marginal Workers 189 2147 1447 10441 14224
Marginal Workers – Male 76 986 776 5079 6917
Marginal Workers – Female 113 1161 671 5362 7307
Total Non-Workers 1805 8448 16605 47978 74836
Non-Workers – Male 826 3476 6315 17988 28605
Non-Workers – Female 979 4972 10290 29990 46231
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-41
Figure 3.14 Employment of Study Area
The main workers are further classified into; Total cultivators: those who engage a
single worker or his family member to cultivate land for payment in money, kind,
or share; Agricultural labor: those who work in other’s lands for wages; household
workers: workers involved in manufacturing and processing industries in the
household industries; and other services; Livestock, forestry, fishing, and allied
activities; Workers involved in mining and quarrying; Workers involved in
manufacturing and processing industries in the household industries, Non-
household industries, construction workers, workers in trade and commerce,
Workers involved in transport, storage and communication and other services:
government employees, teachers, priests, artists etc. Table 3.17 presents the main
workers distribution among study area population. It may be observed that over
3.99% of the study area population is involved in cultivation or agriculture labor,
followed by other services to the tune of 11.84% reflecting on the proximity to
Nagari, which is the administrative center and mining area. Significant differences
are observed among the male and female workers, Female workers are found to be
less among all categories of workers.
Table 3.17 Main Workers - Study Area
Category
Kms Total
0-3 3-5 5-7 7-10
Total Population 3919 17092 29839 91345 142195
Total Population – Male 1964 8436 14753 44846 69999
Total Population – Female 1955 8656 15086 46499 72196
Total Main Workers 1925 6497 11787 32926 53135
Main workers – Male 1062 3974 7662 21779 34477
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-42
Category
Kms Total
0-3 3-5 5-7 7-10
Main Workers – Female 863 2523 4125 11147 18658
Total Cultivators 282 1103 827 4603 6815
Cultivators – Male 190 768 588 3254 4800
Cultivators- Female 92 335 239 1349 2015
Total Agriculture Labor 1541 4158 6509 15536 27744
Agriculture Labor – Male 787 2236 3595 8618 15236
Agriculture Labor – Female 754 1922 2914 6918 12508
Total Household Workers 3 97 290 1354 1744
Household Workers – Male 2 61 185 874 1122
Household Workers – Female 1 36 105 480 622
Total Others 99 1139 4161 11433 16832
Others – Male 83 909 3294 9033 13319
Others – Female 16 230 867 2400 3513
3.5.5 Living Standards and Infrastructure
Sustainable development of any area is dependent not only the population but also
on the availability of infrastructure which leads to better living standards. The
infrastructure facilities are essential in providing education, awareness, health,
communication, potable water, transport etc. The standards of living are the sum
of the availability of the infrastructure to the subject community, wide variations in
terms of income, economic conditions and patterns of spending.
The infrastructure facilities available in the impact zone are reflecting the rural
nature of the entire study area.
I. Educational Facilities
The educational facilities available in the rural areas are meager, despite the
proximity to urban area of Nagari. There are 22 primary schools, 11 middle schools
and 6 high schools in the study area. There is no junior college within the impact
area. The higher educational need of the population is met by Nagari.
II. Health facilities
The medical and health facilities available in the rural area of the impact zone are
inadequate; there are 1 Primary Health Centre, 2Primary Health sub-center and no
child welfare centers and 2 Registered Private Medical Practitioners centers in the
entire area. While the urban area has a number of health facilities including a
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-43
teaching hospital. The health needs of the population in this area are met by
quacks and other semi-qualified persons.
III. Availability of Potable Water
The entire population in this area is dependent on groundwater for drinking
purposes and tap water-treated facility available in two villages.
IV. Transport and Communication
Transport is essentially provided by the Andhra Pradesh State Road Transport
Corporation (APSRTC). Most of the study area has excellent road network in all the
villages, which has kacha roads. APSRTC bus facility is available for all the
villages. However, it is observed that a number of private transport vehicles are
observed in the area connecting them to Nagari.
V. Sources of Energy and Availability
The primary source of energy in the study area is electricity, and the entire study
area has electricity for agriculture and domestic purpose. The Nagariarea has LPG
facility for their cooking purpose. A significant number of people in the urban area
are also dependent on Kerosene for cooking purposes, which is contingent on the
vagaries of public distribution system. A majority of the rural area is mostly
dependent on LPG gas, dried cow dung cakes, wood from roadside trees for their
domestic energy needs.
VI. Post and Telegraph facilities
There are 12 post offices in the area and no post and Telegraph office in the study
area. Phone facilities however are extended to most of the villages.
VII. Housing
Census defines the household as a group of persons living together and sharing
their meals from a common kitchen. The number of households in the impact zone
is 28124. The density of the households is approximately five. The traditional
houses made up of mud walls and covered by dry common grass and leaves of
bourses are commonly found in the rural area, which is not considered puce
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-44
houses. The government has been augmenting the housing standards by
constructing housing colonies for various weaker sections of the society.
3.5.6Land Utilization
Land use patterns can be prepared on the basis of revenue records though it is not
an exact indicator of the actual use of the land at a given time. Land use is
presented under the heads of area under forest cover irrigated land, area under
cultivation and cultivable wasteland in Table 3.18.
Table 3.18 Land Utilization Pattern
Category km Total
Area, ha 0-3 3-5 5-7 7-10
Land Under Miscellaneous Tree Crops etc. Area 19.52 143.8 27.61 316.65 507.58
Fallows Land other than Current Fallows Area 55.45 52.21 50.62 799.77 958.05
Permanent Pastures and Other Grazing Land Area 12.95 326.32 45.49 584.91 969.67
Culturable Waste Land Area 62.67 173.89 265.4 645.97 1147.93
Barren & Un-cultivable Land Area 130.1 410.52 195.17 1862.42 2598.21
Current Fallows Area 163.9 691.51 478.32 1446.52 2780.25
Forest Area 0 1418.21 168.82 4831.64 6418.67
Area under Non-Agricultural Uses 125.45 975.58 763.43 4679.98 6544.44
Area Irrigated by Source 469.03 1999.88 1609.2 7062.43 11140.54
Net Area Sown 513.96 2372.05 1850.17 8893.07 13629.25
Total Area 1553.03 8563.97 5454.23 31123.36 46694.59
It may be observed that a majority of the study area is Net Area Sown by Area
Irrigated by Source.
3.5.7 Project Economy
It will provide employment additionally to 13 people. The proposed project will
also generate indirect employment to the locals during mining activity. The
employers will contribute to the provident fund, ESI, and provide facilities as per
the relevant labor act.
The proximity of Nagari town will provide access to the extensive medical facilities
available apart from the ESI medical facilities to the employees and their families.
It may be concluded that satisfactory amenities are available for the population of
the impact zone, while the amenities are available either within the village or at a
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-45
minimum distance of 3km. The area also has large tracts of waste land which can
be utilized for industrial development.
The proposed mining activity will contribute to the growth of the area, which in
turn generates employment, and improve the infrastructure facilities of the area by
strengthening the same economically.
3.6 Ecology
Ecological studies are one of the important aspects of Environmental Impact
Assessment with a view to conserve environmental quality and biodiversity. The
present objective is to study an area of 10 km radius from the project site. Ecological
systems show complex inter-relationships between biotic and abiotic components
including dependence, competition, and mutualism. Biotic components comprise
of both plant and animal communities, which interact not only within and between
themselves but also with the abiotic components Viz., physical and chemical
components of the environment. The main aim of Conservation of Biodiversity is to
ensure “No Net Loss” as per Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD), the Ramsar
Convention, and the Convention on Migratory Species (CMS). The further loss of
biodiversity is unacceptable. Biodiversity must be conserved to ensure it survives,
continuing to provide services, values and benefits for current and future
generations. This objective is considered during the present ecological assessment.
Scope of work
Scope of work is to identify the ecologically sensitive receptors based on literature
survey and field investigations, quantification of impacts on flora and fauna in core
and buffer zones and to suggest appropriate mitigation measures. The scope will
also cover to identify any rare, endangered, endemic, threatened (REET) species of
flora or fauna in the project site or core area as well its buffer zone (upto 10 km
radius). The study also designed to suggest suitable mitigation measures and
conservation plan, if necessary, for REET species if any.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-46
Flora and fauna studies were carried out during winter season 2019. The study area
analyzed with GIS tools and marked eco-sensitive areas for primary data collecting
points (sampling points) which also cover ecosystems of the region in all directions.
The proposed project site is open land with very less vegetation cover. Further no
major tree cutting is involved within the proposed site boundary. Thus, no forest
Clearance is required for the proposed development. Most of the region is dry,
scrub and mesophytic conditions. Vegetation is limited to pond side and roadside.
The study area considered as 10 km radial distance around the project site,
comprises mostly of dense trees near the Reserve forests.
The proposed project falls in
❖ 6D – Deccan Peninsula Deccan Plateau as per the Biogeography Classification of
India.
❖ Hot Semi-arid type as per India's Köppen climate classification.
The vegetation of the study area falls under
✓ 5A: Southern tropical dry deciduous forests C3: Southern dry mixed deciduous
forest;
✓ 6A: Southern tropical thorn forests DS1: Southern thorn scrub, 2S1: Secondary
dry deciduous forest
by revised classification of Indian forest types (Champion and Seth, 1968). These
types of forests are seen throughout the Eastern Ghats and few parts of Western
Ghats of the country.
The possible impacted regions are studied. Number of sampling points studied
based on area-species graph method. 20 sampling points are studied for statistical
analysis. Secondary data gathered from working plan from State Forest
Department and standard published articles from international and national
journals. The faunal species (particularly higher mammals and Birds) and other
medicinal plants data discussed with elderly people from nearby villages. Data
validation of existing and reported species, their global, national and local status
and their importance are discussed with officials of forest department, local
villagers, scientists, and professors from Universities, BSI, and ZSI.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-47
There are no protected forest or un-classed Forest within the core zone (Proposed
unit) of the project (declared Protected under “The Indian Forest Act, 1927”) and
“Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 with Amendments Made in 1988”. (Source: Forest
Department). No forest Clearance is required for the proposed activity. No wetland
notified under “The Ramsar Convention – 1971” or listed under “the National
Wetland Conservation Programme – 2009” is reported within 10 km from project
boundary.
Extent
The flora and faunal resources are surveyed up to macro level based on the
secondary data and habitat-specific field observations for primary data. The data
collected is representative of the various ecosystems and their services. The
ecological services are compared at ground level with local villagers and impacts
are identified based on the other environmental parameters and pollution tolerance
level.
Rationale for Survey Method
There are no reserve forces within the study area Hence, sampling points are
mainly based on the vegetation and wind direction. The present sampling sites are
also cover the ecological significant areas and project-specific impacted zones. The
present study period supports good number of herbaceous species, which are
under blooming are easily identified during this season.
Identification of Species
Most of the species in the study observed are very common. Identification of
certain doubtful Species of flora and fauna are identified through local field guides.
Unidentified species found are confirmed by researchers.
Secondary data
The key referral material taken from working plan data of the forest department.
Certain published papers related to region in the recent years are also considered.
Ground validation has done through elderly village people and personal field
visits. In case of vertebrate wildlife, the data is largely based on authentic
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-48
secondary sources such as the research Publications, reports of ZSI, forest and
wildlife departments, fisheries department etc.
Sampling locations
In core area, sampling locations taken all along the project site, whereas in buffer
area, 20 locations are selected for carrying out the statistical analysis. Under each
location, one belt transect (100m X 10m) is laid for the study. Thus, a total of 16
points analyzed for statistical parameters keeping in view of covering all the
possible native species of study area.
Sampling locations
In core area, sampling locations were taken all along the project site, whereas in
buffer area, a total of 16 points are analyzed for statistical parameter keeping in
view of covering all the possible wild and native species of study area.
Methodology
Equipment / Instruments deployed
• Digital Camera (NIKON 42 X zoom)
• GPS (Accurate readings available in Mobile and inbuilt camera )
• Binoculars (OLYMPUS 10 X 50 DPSI)
• Field observation book, Field guides, Pen, Measuring tape etc
• PAST –statistical software for Biodiversity.
• MS-Excel for Phyto-sociological calculations and graphs.
Survey Types used:
1. Reconnaissance survey (Near Agricultural, Human habitations and Roadside)
2. Stratified Random Sampling method
3. Quadrate and belt transect method for floral species
4. Point count method for birds
5. Indirect evidences
6. Personal interviews with local villagers
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-49
Methodology for Floral analysis
The vegetation structure of the region was sampled at selected habitats. The buffer
zone area is predominant with crops and plantations. Sampling near pond side and
road side are restricted to dense covered regions. To avoid the biased results,
statistical analysis has been carried out near all major ecosystems. Validation of
secondary data undertaken at regional level of the study area. The status of each
identified species has been given in terms of four categories such as “Dominant”,
“Common”, “Sporadic”, and “Rare”. This status is mainly based on Density,
Frequency and Abundance estimated during the field visit.
Quantification done through quadrant method and belt transaction method.
During quadrant method, trees (20m X 20m), shrubs (5m X 5m) and herbs (1m X
1m) are recorded depending upon prevailing geographical conditions and bio-
diversity aspects of study area. Belt transect method floral species are studied in an
area of 100m X 10m. Recorded the Girth at Breast Height (GBH) for trees with
greater than 30 cm along with species name, its phenology (flowering, fruiting.)
while sampling. The plants are identified using standard field guides published by
Forest Department also by using websites. Unidentified species during the field
study are photographed for further investigation. Only photographs are taken
during the field survey and no damage is created to flora and fauna during the
sampling. None of the specimens is collected for herbarium voucher specimens.
Primary Data Collection, Data validation & Analysis
Only tree species with more than 30 cm GBH in the buffer zone are considered for
quantification. Preparation of list of flora is prepared after proper identification of
species from experts. The photographs are sent to reputed scientists, Forest officials
for validating the primary data.
The standard phytosociological methods of Mishra (1968) for density, frequency,
and abundance are calculated. Relative values of these were calculated by
following Philips (1959). Important Value Index (IVI) was calculated by adding up
these three values of relative frequency, relative density, and relative dominance
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-50
(Curtis, 1959). In the case of shrubs, herbs, and saplings abundance status was
given as per direct field observation. Diversity indices such as Shannon–Wiener
Indices of Diversity index, Evenness, Dominance, A/F ratio are also calculated
through standard methods and by using software tools such as PAST.
Methodology for Faunal analysis
Intensive surveys for mammals were conducted by using transect method in all
major habitats and recorded the species through direct and indirect evidences.
Species were identified using “A pictorial guide to the Mammals of the India” by
Vivekmenon (2014) Prater (1997).
For Birds, point count method was applied where, at one-point birds seen or heard
50 m radius has been recorded for 5 minutes. After this, a gap of 10 minutes,
repeated the observations and recorded the species number. All the species were
identified using “A field guide to the birds of the Indian Sub-Continent” by Ranjit
Manakadan et.al (2011), Birdlife International website
http://datazone.birdlife.org/home.
Reptiles were identified by direct or indirect evidences and literature cited is the
book of Indian Reptiles and Amphibians by J.C. Daniel (2002), Snakes of India by
Whitaker (2016).
Amphibians are surveyed both at aquatic and terrestrial systems searching under
the logs and stones, digging through litter and soil, searching short bushes and
tree hollows, and under fallen barks and water-catching. The books referred are
Amphibians of Peninsular India by Ranjit Daniel (2004).
Sampling of Invertebrates were done along the transect passing through various
habitats, species identification was made using standard field guides (Antram,
2002; Evans, 1932; Kunte, 2000).
Vegetation structure and composition
During the present study, around 173 floral species are recorded from primary and
secondary sources. The overall study area consists of agricultural fallow / Barren /
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-51
uncultivable / wasteland. The list of plant species recorded during field survey and
also from literature from the study area are presented in Table 3.19.
Table 3.19 List of Plant Species Recorded (* secondary data)
S.No Botanical Name Common name Family Habit Status
1 Acacia auriculiformisBenth. Australia thumma Le Tree C
2 Acacia chundra Mimosaceae Tree S
3 Acacia leucophloea (Roxb.) Tellathumma Le Tree D
4 Acacia nilotica(L.) Delile Nalla thumma Le Tree D
5 Aegle marmelos(L.) Corrêa Velaga Rutaceae Tree R
6 Ailanthus excelsaRoxb Peddamanu Simaroubaceae Tree D
7 Alangiumsalviifolium(L.f.) Wangerin Vudugachettu Cornaceae Tree
S
8 Albizia amara(Roxb.) B.Boivin Konda sigara Le Tree S
9 Albizia lebbeck (L.) Benth. Dirisanam Leg Tree C
10 Alstonia scholaris R.BR Edakulapala Apocynaceae Tree D
11 Annona squamosa Sithaphalam Annonaceae Tree C
12 Anogeissus latifolia Chirumanu Combretaceae Tree C
13 Anthocephaluscadamba(Roxb.) Miq. Kadambe Rubiaceae Tree C
14 Azadirachta indica A.Juss. Vepa Meliaceae Tree D
15 Balanites aegyptiaca Adavivelaga Zygophyllaceae Tree D
16 Bauhinia purpurea L. Bodhanta Le Tree D
17 Bauhinia racemosa Are Caesalpiniaceae Tree R
18 Bombax ceiba Buruga Bombacaceae Tree C
19 Borassus flabellifer L. Thadichettu Arecaceae Tree D
20 Butea monosperma(Lam.) Taub. Modhuga Le Tree S
21 Cassia fistula L. Rela Le Tree S
22 Cassia siameaLam. Seema thangedu Le Tree C
23 Casuarina equisetifolia Sarugudu Casuarinaceae Tree S
24 Ceiba pentandra(L.) Gaertn Tellaburuga Malvaceae Tree S
25 Chloroxylon sweitenia Billudu Flindarsiaceae Tree C
26 Chukrasiatabularis Konda vepa Meliaceae Tree C
27 Citrus limon (L.) Burm. f. Nimma Rutaceae Tree S
28 Cocos nucifera L. Kobbari Arecaceae Tree D
29 Dalbergia latifolia Roxb Jiteegi Le Tree S
30 Dalbergia sissoo DC. Sisu Le Tree D
31 Decalepishamiltonii Maredukommulu Periplocaceae Tree S
32 Delonix regia (Hook.) Raf. Chittikesaram Le Tree D
33 Dendrocalamusstrictus Sannavedru Graminae Tree D
34 Diospyros melanoxylon Roxb Tunki Ebenaceae Tree C
35 Dolichandroneatrovirens(Roth) K.Schum. Bignoniaceae Tree S
36 Eucalyptus globulus Labill. Neelagirithylam Myrtaceae Tree C
37 Ficus benghalensisL. Marri Moraceae Tree C
38 Ficus hispidaL.f. Medipandu, Bemmeduakulu Moraceae Tree D
39 Ficus microcape Moraceae Tree S
40 Ficus racemosa Medi Moraceae Tree C
41 Ficus religiosa L. Ravi Moraceae Tree S
42 Gmelina asiatica L. Lamiaceae Tree R
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-52
S.No Botanical Name Common name Family Habit Status
43 Hardwickiabinata Yepi Le Tree C
44 Holarrhenaantidysenterica Pala Apocynaceae Tree R
45 Holoptelea integrifolia Planch. Nemalinara Ulmaceae Tree R
46 Lanneacoromandelica(Houtt.) Merr. Gumpena Anacardiaceae Tree
R
47 Leucaena leucocephala (Lam.) de Wit Jabarichettu Le Tree D
48 LimoniaacidissimaL. Velaga Rutaceae Tree C
49 Madhuca indica Ippa Sapotaceae Tree S
50 Mangifera indica L. Mamidi Anacardiaceae Tree C
51 Morinda tinctoria Roxb. Maddichettu Rubiaceae Tree S
52 Nerium indicum Ganneru Apocynaceae Tree C
53 Pavetta indica L. Lakkapapidi Rubiaceae Tree D
54 Peltophorumpterocarpum(DC.) K.Heyne Kondachintha Le Tree D
55 Phoenix sylvestris (L.) Roxb. Eethachettu Arecaceae Tree D
56 Phyllanthus emblica L. Usiri Phyllanthaceae Tree D
57 Pithecellobium dulce (Roxb.) Benth. Simachinta Le Tree D
58 Polyalthia longifolia Ashoka Annonaceae Tree C
59 Pongamia pinnata (L.) Pierre Adivi ganuga Le Tree D
60 Prosopis chilensis (Molina) Stuntz Mulla thumma Le Tree
R
61 Prosopis juliflora English tumma Mimosaceae Tree D
62 PterospermumheyneanumG.Don Duddika Malvaceae Tree S
63 Randiauliginosa Nalla manga Rubiaceae Tree D
64 Samanea saman (Jacq.) Merr. Nidraganeeru Sapindaceae Tree C
65 SapindusemarginatusVahl Kunkudu Sapindaceae Tree C
66 Saracaasoca(Roxb.) Willd Asoka chettu Le Tree S
67 Soymidafebrifuga(Roxb.) A. Juss. Somi Meliaceae Tree
R
68 Strychnosnux vomica Musti Loganiaceae Tree R
69 Syzygiumcumini(L.) Skeels Neredu Myrtaceae Tree C
70 Tamarindus indica L. Chintha Le Tree D
71 Tecoma stans (L.) Juss. ex Kunth Pasupuganneru Bignoniaceae Tree D
72 Tectona grandisL.f. Teak Lamiaceae Tree D
73 Terminalia alataHeyne Nalla Maddi Combretaceae Tree C
74 Terminalia catappaL. Badham Combretaceae Tree D
75 Thespeciapopulnea Ganga Raavi Malvaceae Tree D
76 Thevetianeriifolia Pacha ganneru Apocynaceae Tree D
77 Trema orientalis Bogguchettu Ulmaceae Tree D
78 Vitex negundo Vaavili Verbenaceae Tree R
79 Xylia xylocarpa Roxb Konda thangedu Le Tree C
80 Ziziphus mauritiana Lam. Reni Rhamnaceae Tree S
81 Abutilon indicum (L.) Sweet Thutturubenda Malvaceae Shrub D
82 Agave americana L. Gitta nara Asparagaceae Shrub R
83 Caesalpinia bonduc(L.) Roxb. Gachapodha Le Shrub S
84 Caesalpinia pulcherrima (L.) Sw. Rathnagandhi Le Shrub R
85 Calotropis gigantea (L.) Dryand. Tellajilledu Apocynaceae Shrub D
86 Calotropis procera(Aiton) Dryand. Errajilledu Apocynaceae Shrub D
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-53
S.No Botanical Name Common name Family Habit Status
87 Capparis zeylanica L. Capparaceae Shrub R
88 Carissa carandas L. Apocynaceae Shrub R
89 Cassiaauriculata Le Shrub D
90 Catunaregam spinosa (Thunb.) Tirveng. Rubiaceae Shrub
R
91 ClerodendrumphlomidisL.f. Kond-takal Lamiaceae Shrub R
92 Dodonaeaviscosa Bandedu Sapindaceae Shrub C
93 Erythroxylon monogynum Dedaraaku Erythroxylaceae Shrub R
94 Euphorbia cactus Jemudu Eu Shrub R
95 Euphorbia tirucalliL. Tirukalli Eu Shrub R
96 Grewia hirsuta JaaniChettu Tiliaceae Shrub C
97 Grewia flavescensJuss. Jana Malvaceae Shrub S
98 HelicteresisoraL. Goobathadu Malvaceae Shrub S
99 Hyptissuaveolens(L.) Poit. Danthitulasi Lamiaceae Shrub D
100 Ipomoea carneaJacq. Rubber mokka Co Shrub D
101 Ixora coccinea Ramabanam Rubiaceae Shrub D
102 Jasminum roxburghianumWall. ex C.B.Clarke Garuda malli Oleaceae Shrub S
103 Jatropha curcas Adaviamudamu Eu Shrub C
104 Jatropha glandulifera Yerranepalamu Eu Shrub C
105 Lantana camara L. Verbenaceae Shrub D
106 Leonotisnepetifolia (L.) R.Br. Rana bheri Lamiaceae Shrub D
107 Opuntia dillenii (Ker Gawl.) Haw. Naga jamudu Cactaceae Shrub C
108 Parkinsonia aculeata Simathumma Le Shrub R
109 Phoenix acaulis Chitteetha Palmae Shrub S
110 Randiadumetorum Rubiaceae Shrub C
111 Senna auriculata (L.) Roxb. Tangedu Le Shrub D
112 Senna occidentalis (L.) Link Kasintha Le Shrub Dt
113 Solanum pubescensWilld. Uchintha Solanaceae Shrub D
114 Solanum surattenseBurm. f. Nelavakudu Solanaceae Shrub D
115 Xanthium strumarium Marula-Mathangi Asteraceae Shrub D
116 Ziziphus oenopolia(L.) Mill. Parimi Rhamnaceae Shrub S
117 Azolla pinnata subsp. africana (Desv.) Salviniaceae Hy
S
118 Eichornia crassipes Solms Pontederiaceae Hy S
119 Hydrilla Rich. Hy Hy S
120 Ipomoea aquatica ThootiKoora Co Hy C
121 Lemna minor Hegelm. Araceae Hy C
122 Limnophila heterophylla R. Br. Plantaginaceae Hy C
123 Marsilea quadrifoliaL. Marsileaceae Hy S
124 Neptunia oleracea Lour. Le Hy C
125 Operculinaturpethum (L.) Silva Manso ErraTegada Co Hy C
126 Typha angustata Jammu Typhaceae Hy D
127 Vallisneria L. Hy Hy S
128 Acalypha indica L. Eu Herb D
129 Achyranthes aspera L Uttareni Am Herb D
130 Aervalanata(L.) Juss Thelagapindi Am Herb D
131 Aeschynomene aspera L Neetijeeluga Le Herb D
132 Ageratum conyzoides (L.) L. Vasavi Asteraceae Herb D
133 Aloe vera Kithanara Tiliaceae Herb D
134 Alternanthera sessilis(L.) R.Br. Ponagantiaku Am Herb D
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-54
S.No Botanical Name Common name Family Habit Status
ex DC.
135 Amaranthus spinosusL. Mulla thotakoora Am Herb D
136 Amaranthus viridisL. Chilakathotakoora Am Herb C
137 Andrographis echioides Chalavalapurikada Acanthaceae Herb C
138 Andrographis paniculata NelaVemu Acanthaceae Herb C
139 ApludamuticaL.f. Poaceae Herb S
140 Argemone mexicanaL. Brahmadandi Papaveraceae Herb D
141 Aristida hystrix L.f. Poaceae Herb C
142 Asparagus racemosus Pilliteegalu Asperagaceae Herb D
143 BarleriaprionitisL. Pachagorinta Acanthaceae Herb D
144 Blumeamollis(D. Don) Merr. Kukkapogaku Asteraceae Herb Dt
145 BoerhaviadiffusaL. Atikimamidi Nyctaginaceae Herb D
146 Boerhaviaerecta Nyctaginaceae Herb D
147 Borreria hispidaSpruce ex K.Schum. Rubiaceae Herb S
148 Carallumaumbellata Kundetikummulu Apocynaceae Herb C
149 Cassia occidentalis AdaviChennangi Le Herb D
150 Cassia tora Tagarisa Caesalpiniaceae Herb S
151 Catharanthus roseus (L.) G.Don Billaganneru Apocynaceae Herb D
152 Celosia virgata Jacq. Guruga Am Herb C
153 Chloris barbataSw. Uppu Gaddi Poaceae Herb C
154 Chloris virgata Sw. Poaceae Herb C
155 Chrysopogon lancearius (Hook.f.) Haines Poaceae Herb S
156 Cleome aspera J.König ex DC Cleomaceae Herb C
157 Cleome viscosaL. Kukkavomintha Cleomaceae Herb D
158 Colocasia esculenta Atukatiga Araceae Herb S
159 Croton bonplandianusBaill. Vana mokka Eu Herb D
160 Curcuma oenodora Adavipasupu Zingiberaceae Herb R
161 Cynodondactylon Garika Poaceae Herb S
162 Datura stramonium TellaUmmetta Solanaceae Herb C
163 Desmodiumdichotomum (Willd.) DC. Le Herb S
164 Eclipta alba (L.) Hassk. Guntagalagara Asteraceae Herb S
165 Euphorbia antiquorum BonthaJemudu Eu Herb C
166 Euphorbia hirta L. Nanubalu Eu Herb D
167 Evolvulusalsinoides(L.) L Co Herb D
168 Gomphrena serrata L. Tellabendumalli Am Herb C
169 Heteropogon contortus (L.) Poaceae Herb C
170 Hygrophila auriculata (Schumach.) Heine Mundlagobbi Acanthaceae Herb D
171 Hyptissuaveolens Mahabeera Lamiaceae Herb C
172 Indigofera hirsutaL. Kolapattitulu Le Herb C
173 Indigofera linnaeiAli Le Herb C
174 Justicia procumbens L. Acanthaceae Herb S
175 Leucas aspera Tummi Lamiaceae Herb D
176 Ludwigia perennis L. Lavangakayamokka Onagraceae Herb C
177 Mimosa pudica Atthipathi Le Herb D
178 Mollugocerviana(L.) Ser. Molluginaceae Herb S
179 OcimumcanumSims KukkaTulasi Lamiaceae Herb D
180 OldenlandiaumbellataL. Chiru veru Rubiaceae Herb D
181 Oxalis corniculata Indian Sorrel Oxalidaceae Herb D
182 Parthenium hysterophorusL. Vayyaribhama Asteraceae Herb D
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-55
S.No Botanical Name Common name Family Habit Status
183 PavoniazeylanicaCav. Karubenda Malvaceae Herb C
184 Phyllanthus amanus NelaUsiri Eu Herb S
185 Phyllanthus maderaspatensisL. Phyllanthaceae Herb S
186 Physalis minima Buddabhushada Solanaceae Herb R
187 Plumbago zeylanicaL Agnimaata Plumbaginaceae Herb C
188 Portulaca oleracea L. Pappu Kura Portulacaceae Herb C
189 RhynchosiabeddomeiBaker Le Herb S
190 Ruellia tuberosa L. Jurbulagadda Acanthaceae Herb D
191 Scoparia dulcis L. Pottiboli Plantaginaceae Herb C
192 Sida acuta Burm.f. Medabirusaku Malvaceae Herb D
193 Sida cordifolia L. Chiru Benda Malvaceae Herb D
194 Sida spinosa L. Naga bala Malvaceae Herb C
195 Solanum xanthocarpum Vakabu Solanaceae Herb D
196 Sonchus oleraceus (L.) L. Compositae Herb D
197 Sphaeranthus indicus L. Bodasaramu Asteraceae Herb Dt
198 Tephrosia purpurea (L.) Pers. Vempali Le Herb D
199 TrianthemaportulacastrumL. kadaraku Aizoaceae Herb S
200 Tribulus terrestris Zygophyllaceae Herb D
201 Tribulus terrestrisL. Zygophyllaceae Herb D
202 Tridax procumbens (L.) L. Gaddichamanthi Asteraceae Herb D
203 TriumfettapentandraA.Rich. Chirusitrika Malvaceae Herb D
204 Triumfettarhomboidea Marla Benda Taccaceae Herb S
205 Urena lobata L. Peddabenda Malvaceae Herb D
206 Vanda tessellata Kodikallachettu Orchidaceae Herb D
207 Vernonia cinerea (L.) Less. Compositae Herb D
208 Waltheria indica L. Nalla Benda Malvaceae Herb D
209 Ziziphus nummularia Nelaregu Rhamnaceae Herb D
210 Brachiariaeruciformis Poaceae Grass S
211 Cymbopogon citratus Poaceae Grass C
212 Cyperus castaneus Poaceae Grass C
213 Cyperus flavidus Cyperaceae Grass S
214 Cyperus rotundusL. Cyperaceae Grass S
215 Cyperus rubicundus Cyperaceae Grass R
216 Cyperus triceps Cyperaceae Grass S
217 Digitariaciliaris Poaceae Grass C
218 Eragrostistenella Poaceae Grass C
219 FimbristyliscymosaR.Br. Pulupu gaddi Cyperaceae Grass S
220 Zizania latifolia Poaceae Grass C
221 AbrusprecatoriusL. Gurivinda Le Climber D
222 Acacia caesia Kirintha Mimosaceae Climber C
223 Argyreia nervosa Samudrapaala Co Climber C
224 Asparagus racemosusWilld. Pilli Gaddalu Asparagaceae Climber D
225 Cardiospermum halicacabum Sapindaceae Climber C
226 Cayratiapedata Sappi tiga Vitaceae Climber R
227 Cissus quadrangularis L. Nalleru Vitaceae Climber D
228 ClitoriaternateaL. Sanku-Pushpamu Le Climber D
229 Cuscuta reflexa Roxb. Co Climber D
230 Daemia extensa As Climber S
231 Dendrophthoe falcata Badanika L Climber C
232 Dioscoreahispida Di Climber R
233 Dioscorea pentaphylla Adavigunusuthega Di Climber S
234 Hemidesmus indicus Sugandhipala As Climber C
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-56
S.No Botanical Name Common name Family Habit Status
235 Ipomoea macrantha Co Climber C
236 Ipomoea nil (L.) Roth. Co Climber D
237 Ipomoea obscura (L.) Ker Gawl. Co Climber S
238 Luffa acutangula Beera Cu Climber C
239 Merremia tridentata (L.) Hallier f. Co Climber R
240 Mucuna pruriens (L.) DC. Dulagondi L Climber C
241 Naraveliazeylanica R Climber C
242 Passiflora edulis Sims. Fashion fruit P Climber R
243 RiveahypocrateriformisChoisy. Bodditeega C Climber D
244 Tinospora cordifolia (Willd.) Miers. Tippateega M Climber S
245 Ziziphus rugosa Enugapariki RH Climber D
246 Ziziphus xylopyrus Gotti RH Climber C
Le- Leguminosae, C- Common, D- Dominant, Cu- Cucurbitaceae, Co- Convolvulaceae, R- Ranunculaceae, P- Passifloraceae, Me- Menispermaceae, As- Asclepiadaceae,
Di- Dioscoreaceae, Am- Amaranthaceae, Hy-Hydrophyte, Eu- Euphorbiaceae., S- Sparse, R- Rare, RH- Rhamnaceae, Hy- Hydrocharitaceae, As- Asclepidaceae
Secondary data Source: Forest department Working plan data * indicates that data is collected from Secondary source
Status of the terrestrial vegetation
In the core zone (Within the proposed site) few very common plants species were
found scatted. The number of trees to be removed are quantified. Most of them are
dry deciduous vegetation such as Gmelina asiatica, Hardwickiabinata, Chloroxylon
sweitenia, Holarrhenaantidysenterica. The species includes Croton bonplandianum,
Parthenium hysterophorus, Hyptissuaveolens, Tridax procumbens, Tephrosia purpurea,
Calotropis procera, Calotropis gigantea, Prosopis juliflora, Lantana camara,
Hyptissuaveolens, Cleome viscose are commonly present. But the buffer zone habitat is
relatively rich in biodiversity due to large variations in topography and physical
habitat. There are thick green rugged hills and deep valleys. The vegetation of the
buffer zone described under two different categories for the purpose of
convenience. The first one is the non-forest vegetation and the second is the forest
vegetation.
Non- forest vegetation of the study area
Only a few isolated individual annual species were scatted here and there
depending upon availability of moisture and protection. Besides all common
avenue trees, social and agro-forest species and the orchards, a few scattered
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-57
perennial bushes of Cassia auriculata, Ziziphus numularia, Randiadumetorum, etc were
common in all wastelands and along the roadsides and filed bunds.
Terrestrial Fauna
Protocols for fauna
Fauna is all of the animal life of any particular region or time and which depends
largely on the vegetation type and the abiotic features of the region. Terrestrial
animals are animals that live predominantly or entirely on land, as compared with
aquatic animals, which live predominantly or entirely in the water (e.g., fish,
lobsters, octopuses), or amphibians, which rely on a combination of aquatic and
terrestrial habitats (e.g., frogs). As the animals are move from one place to another,
the list of vertebrates is mainly depending on secondary data from Forest
department and research articles.
Aves:
All the listed birds are Least Concern under IUCN and Schedule - IV under
Wildlife Protection Act (1972) (* directly obsereved bird from the study area)
Table 3.20 lists of birds
Scientific Name Common Name IUCN WLP
Vanellus indicus Red-wattled Lapwing* LC Sch-IV
Streptopeliadecaocto Eurasian Collared-Dove* LC Sch-IV
Halcyon symensis White-breasted Kingfisher* LC Sch-IV
Coracias benghalensis Indian Roller* LC Sch-IV
Eudynamysscolopacea Asian Koel LC Sch-IV
Milvus migrans Black Kite LC Sch-IV
Corvus splendens House Crow* LC Sch-V
Dicrurusadsimilis Black Drongo* LC Sch-IV
Nectarinia asiatica Purple Sunbird* LC Sch-IV
Ploceusphilippininus Baya Weaver* LC Sch-IV
Pycnonotuscafer Red-vented Bulbul* LC Sch-IV
Acridotheres tristis Common Myna* LC Sch-IV
Turdoidescaudatus Common Babbler LC Sch-IV
Saxicoloidesfulicata Indian Robin* LC Sch-IV
Ardeolagrayii Pond heron* LC Sch-IV
Bubulcus ibis Cattle egret * LC Sch-IV
Egrettagarzetta Little egret* LC Sch-IV
Ixobrychuscinnamomeus Chestnut bittern LC Sch-IV
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-58
*Status assigned by the IUCN, where – CR – Critically Endangered; EN – Endangered; LC – Least Concern; NT – Near Threatened; VU – Vulnerable, DA – Data Deficient, NE – Not Evaluated, R : Resident; RM : Resident Migratory; M: Migratory. All the birds observed from the study area. Idenfication Sources:
• Ali, S and Ripley, S.D. 1969.Handbook of the Birds of India and Pakistan together with those of Nepal, Sikkim, Bhutan and Ceylon,3. Stone Curlews to Owls. Oxford University Press, Bombay, 327pp.
• IUCN 2019. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Version 2018-2. <http://www.iucnredlist.org>
• Grimmett, R., Inskipp, C and T. Inskipp, 2001. Pocket Guides to the Birds of the Indian Subcontinent. Cristopher Helm Publishers, Oxford University Press, 384pp.
Mammals
surveys are carried out by using direct evidences such as Vocal, scat, Pugmarks,
and secondary data validation in all major habitats. Species were identified using
“A pictorial guide to the Mammals of the India” by Prater (1997), Pradhan (2004).
Bird surveys are carried out by Point count method near ponds preferably during
dawn and desk. List of birds is prepared with available literature from the study
area and preliminary observations. Identification of birds will be done using “A
pictorial guide to the birds of the Indian Sub-Continent” by Salim Ali and S.D.
Ripley (1998).
Table 3.21 List of Mammalian species in the Study Area (* indicates Primary
data)
Scientific Name Common Name IUCN WPA
Cynopterus sphinx Short-nosed Fruit Bat LC V
Pteropusgaganteus Indian flying fox bat LR/NR V
Bendicota bengalensis Indian mole rat LC V
Bendicota indica Bandicoot rat LC V
Mus booduga Little Indian Field mouse LC V
Mus musculus House Mouse LC V
Rattus rattus House rat LC V
Funambulus palmarum Three striped palm squirrel LC
IUCN: International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources;
EX: Extinct; CR: Critically Endangered; EN: Endangered; VU: Vulnerable; NT: Near
Threatened; LC: Least Concern; DD: Data Deficient. IW(P)A: Indian Wildlife
(Protection) Act, 1972.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-59
Source:
• Working plan of Ranga Reddy District Vol II (Andhra Pradesh State Forest Department)
• Vivek Menon (2014), Indian Mammals: A Field Guide. Hachette Book Publishing India Pvt. Ltd., Gurgaon, India, pp 1-522;
• IUCN (2015). The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Version 2015-4;
Reptilian
surveys are carried out by using direct evidences for snakes and lizards and
indirect evidences collected from local villagers.
Table 3.22 List of Reptiles either spotted or reported from the study area. (*
indicates Direct observations)
Scientific Name Common Name IUCN WPA Dendrelaphis tristis Tree Snake LC Ptyas mucosa Common Rat snake LC II Mabuyacarinata Common Skink* LC Calotesrouxi Forest Calottes* LC Calotes versicolor Common garden lizard* LC Hemimidactylusbrooki House gecko* LC Hemidactylus forenatus Southern House Gecko LC
Amphibian
surveys are carried out by using both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems. During
randam surveys, observation are made near aquatic bodies and list is prepared
from secondary data base. Invertebrate surveys are carried out along the transect
passing through various habitats and photographs will be taken. Species
identification will be made through standard field guides (Antram, 2002; Evans,
1932; Kunte, 2000) and reputed scientists of the same field.
Table 3.23 List of Amphibians either spotted or reported from the study area.
Scientific Name Common Name IUCN WPA
Rana hexadactyla Commn green frog LC IV Bufo melanosticus Common Indian Toad LC IV Polypedates maculatus Common Tree Frog LC IV Hoplobatrachustigerinus Indain Bull Frog LC IV
*Status assigned by the IUCN, where – CR – Critically Endangered; EN –
Endangered; LC – Least Concern; NT – Near Threatened; VU – Vulnerable, DA –
Data Deficient, NE – Not Evaluated
Sources for Amphibians:
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-60
• Ranjit Daniels (2004). Amphibians of Peninsular India
• Romulus Whitaker & Ashok Captain (2006). Snakes of India; Dreko Books, Chennai,
pp 1-146;
• IUCN (2015); The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Version 2015-4;
• Schedules I to VI: Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972.
Fauna within the Core and buffer zones:
Throughout the study area, there no direct evidence of wild animal species
observed. In Mammals, three stripped Squirrels are sighted apart from few
reptilian species. From the secondary source (local people near villages), it is also
revealed that presence of common snakes exists here. The faunal composition
generally with arboreal and semi-arboreal-based animals. Within the core zone few
common bird species such as Common Crows, Myna are sighted apart from few
garden lizards. Butterflies and dragonflies are fairly common near aquatic habitats.
Most mammals and birds listed were of very rare occurrence. There were no
resident birds or wild mammals as evidenced by the absence of nests of birds or
resting or hiding places of mammals. Only Crows, Parrots, Doves, Weaver birds,
and Mynas were more common among birds. Among the reptiles, Lizards,
Garden lizards were very common. Rat snake and Monitor lizard were seen twice
during the survey. Other reptiles were very rare. The amphibians were relatively
more frequent but not abundant. Among the wild mammals, monkeys, squirrels,
rats, bandicoots, and Mongoose were noticed. The presence of other wild mammals
is doubtful and it is based on the secondary data and the information provided by
the local villagers and forest beat officers only.
Table 3.24 List of Butterflies either spotted or reported from the study area (* indicates Primary data)
Scientific Name Common Name IUCN WPA
Acraea violae Tawny Coster* LC
Danaus chrysippuschrysippus Plain Tiger * LC
Danaus genutiagenutia Striped Tiger* LC
Euploea core core Common Crow* LC Sch- IV
Phalantaphalanthaphalantha Common Leopard* LC
Jamidescelenoaelianus Common Cerulean * LC
Catopsiliapomona Common Emigrant* LC
Euremahecabesimulata Common Grass Yellow* LC
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 3-61
Sources:
1. Gunathilagaraj, K., T.N.A. Perumal, K. Jayaram, M. Ganesh Kumar, 1998.Some South Indian Butterflies. Published under Project Lifescape, Indian Academy of Sciences, Bangalore, 270 pp.
2. Kehimkar, I. 2008. The book of Indian butterflies. Bombay Natural History Society and Oxford University Press, Mumbai. 497p.
3. Kunte, K. 2000. India - A Lifescape: Butterflies of Peninsular India. Indian Academy of Sciences, Bangalore, Universities Press. 270p
Endemic, Threatened and Endangered Species:
From the present survey, it appears that none of the terrestrial species are under
endangered and threatened species, and not listed in the Schedule-I of the Indian
Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 as amended in 1991.
Effect on Migratory corridors, Nesting, and Breeding sites:
There are no migratory corridors, nesting, and breeding sites within the study area.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-1 Team Labs and Consultants
CHAPTER4.0 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND
MITIGATION MEASURES
4.0 Identification of Impacts
Identification of Impacts is one of the basic analytical steps of EIA for subsequent
prediction and evaluation of impacts. Impact is a change in baseline due to
interaction of a development activity with environment, or interaction of
environment with development activity, or change in baseline due to a manmade
emergency. The impacts were assessed for the main three stages of mining cycle i.e.,
planning and construction, operations and closure. The exploration and feasibility
stage of mine cycle is not considered as the EIA activity is initiated after completion
of exploration and prefeasibility and obtaining the letter of intent from mines and
geology department, Government of Andhra Pradesh. Initially the assessment was
done to identify impacts due to the proposed gravelmining development activity
using network method which mainly follows cause condition and effect relationship
and cluster for Sri P. R. Venkatesan, Sri K. Saravanan, Sri R. Sadanandan and Sri P.
Balaji mine lease with in 500 m. The interaction of project activity on the
environment was assessed by posing questions related to each aspect of project
activity envisaged as part of proposed ML area. After broad identification of
impacts, an interaction table enumerating the activity vs factors of various
environmental components was prepared for various stages of mining activity
implementation considering the entire life cycle of construction, operation and
decommissioning.
4.1 Environmental Impacts from Mining and Construction of Associated
Infrastructure
The mining activity and development of required infrastructure result in potential
impact on environment. The operational stage was considered for both regular
operation and for incidents and emergencies caused by both human errors and
extreme weather phenomena. Table 4.1 to 4.4 present the interaction tables
identifying the environmental factors anticipated to have an impact due to the
project and impacts due to environment on the project.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-2 Team Labs and Consultants
Table 4.1 Activity and Environmental Impact (Impact Identification Matrix) - Construction Stage
Environment Abiotic Biotic
Socio Economic
Others Component Climate Atmosphere Land Water
Factors
Mic
rom
ete
oro
log
y
Air
qu
ali
ty
No
ise a
nd
vib
rati
on
Geo
log
y
So
il
Su
rface
Wate
r
Gro
un
d W
ate
r
Flo
ra
Fau
na
So
cio
E
con
om
ic
Wast
e
Man
ag
em
en
t
Occ
up
ati
on
al
healt
h a
nd
sa
fety
Fir
e S
afe
ty
Cli
mate
C
han
ge
Construction Stage
Site clearing, √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Road Formation √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Site services √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
√ Indicates Impact Table 4.2 Activity and Environmental Impact (Impact Identification Matrix) - Regular Operation Stage
Environment Abiotic Biotic Socio
Economic Others Component Climate Atmospher
e Land Water
Factors
Activity Mic
rom
ete
or
olo
gy
Air
qu
ali
ty
No
ise a
nd
vib
rati
on
Geo
log
y
So
il
Su
rface
Wate
r
Gro
un
d
Wate
r
Flo
ra
Fau
na
So
cio
Eco
no
mic
Wast
e
Man
ag
em
en
t
Occ
up
ati
on
al
healt
h a
nd
safe
ty
Fir
e S
afe
ty
Cli
mate
Ch
an
ge
Mining stage Loading and Unloading √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Transportation √ √ √ √
√ Indicates Impact
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-3 Team Labs and Consultants
Table 4.3 Activity and Environmental Impact (Impact Identification Matrix) - Incidents and Accidents
Environment Abiotic Biotic
Socio Economic
Others Component Climate Atmosphere Land Water
Factors
Mic
rom
ete
o
rolo
gy
Air
qu
ali
ty
No
ise a
nd
vib
rati
on
Geo
log
y
So
il
Su
rface
W
ate
r
Gro
un
d
Wate
r
Flo
ra
Fau
na
So
cio
E
con
om
ic
Wast
e
Man
ag
em
en
t
Occ
up
ati
on
a
l h
ealt
h a
nd
safe
ty
Fir
e S
afe
ty
Cli
mate
Ch
an
ge
Operation Stage
Incidents and Accidents
Machinery Failure √ √
Fire accidents √ √
Accidents during transport of material
√ √
√ √
√
Extreme Weather phenomenon √ √
√ Indicates Impact Table 4.4 Activity and Environmental Impact (Impact Identification Matrix) - Decommissioning
Environment Abiotic Biotic
Socio Economic
Others Component Climate Atmosphere Land Water
Factors
Mic
rom
ete
oro
log
y
Air
qu
ali
ty
No
ise a
nd
vib
rati
on
Geo
log
y
So
il
Su
rface
W
ate
r
Gro
un
d
Wate
r
Flo
ra
Fau
na
So
cio
Eco
no
mic
Wast
e
Man
ag
em
e
nt
Occ
up
ati
on
al
healt
h
an
d s
afe
ty
Fir
e S
afe
ty
Cli
mate
C
han
ge
Mine Closure
Removal, Back filling and sealing
√ √ √ √ √ √
√
Removal of structures √ √ √ √
Danger due to inadvertent entry √
√
√ Indicates Impact
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-4 Team Labs and Consultants
4.1.1 Impact Networks
The purpose of identifying the impacts is that it aids in making appropriate decision
to mitigate the adverse consequences if any. The degree of extensiveness and scale of
impacts and the consequences based on value judgments are generalized while
identifying impacts; as it is imperative that the impact will normally lead to a chain of
reactions. The construction of network charts brings out to certain extent the
appropriate levels of risks that may occur due to the interventions while interacting
with hydrological, biological and social systems due to the proposed mining activity
its life time of construction, operation and mine closure including emergency
scenarios both natural and manmade. The conceptual site model of mining activity
before and during mining activity area presented in Figure 4.1 – 4.2, while the generic
impact networks for each aspect of environment are presented in Figure 4.3 to 4.7.
Figure 4.1 Conceptual site model of mining activity (Site Preparation)
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-5 Team Labs and Consultants
Figure 4.2 Conceptual site model of mining activity (During Mining)
Figure 4.3 Impacts on Air Environment
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-6 Team Labs and Consultants
Figure 4.4 Impacts on Water Environment
Figure 4.5 Noise Impact on Surrounding Environment
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-7 Team Labs and Consultants
Figure 4.6 Impact of Solid Waste on Soil Quality
Figure 4.7 Socio- Economic Environment
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-8 Team Labs and Consultants
4.2 Prediction and Assessment of Impacts
Based on the above images and tables the impacts are identified with respect to the
current mining project. The identified impacts are assessed by posing questions
related each activity of proposed ML Area and their interaction with environment
during the life cycle of the proposed gravelmining activity i.e., construction, operation
and mine closure stages including incident and accidents scenario during operation
stage. The statutory limits of ambient air quality, noise, emissions and discharges as
mandated by the MoEFCC was considered to classify the quantifiable impacts as
acceptable or not acceptable. However, there are few impacts that cannot be
quantified, which need to be qualitatively assessed. There are a number of methods
for qualitatively assessing the impacts to arrive at the significance of impact. The
qualitative assessment of impacts require characterization with respect to its
magnitude, geographic extent, duration, frequency, reversibility, probability of
occurrence, confidence rating and impact rating. The manual published by MOEFCC
prescribes the following process for determining the significance of impact; first, an
impact is qualified as being either negative or positive. Second, the nature of impacts
such as direct, indirect, or cumulative is determined using the impact network. Third,
a scale is used to determine the severity of the effect; for example, an impact is of low,
medium, or high significance. Accordingly, it was proposed to quantify the impacts
which are a direct result of the activities contingent on availability of reliable
prediction tools. In case the quantification is not feasible, a subjective assessment of
the impact significance using Rapid Impact Assessment Matrix (RIAM) was used.
Rapid Impact Assessment Matrix (RIAM) is constructed from a set of well-defined
assessment criteria and a collection of specific environmental indicators or
components. The environmental indicators are carefully chosen for the purpose of
evaluating the potential impacts of the alternatives that are being considered (Pastakia
and Jensen, 1998).
4.2.1 Methodology of Rapid Impact Assessment Matrix
The RIAM is suited to EIA where a multi-disciplinary team approach is used, as it
allows for data from different sectors to be analyzed against common important
criteria within a common matrix, thus providing a clear assessment of the major
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-9 Team Labs and Consultants
impacts. With the assessment criteria typically arrayed as the columns of the matrix
and the indicators as the rows, the cells are comprised of numbers which provide a
measure of the expected impacts of the indicators when measured against the
assessment criteria. Technically, the assessment process is comprised of four steps
that must be completed in sequence: Step I — create a set of indicators, Step II —
provide numerical values for the indicators, Step III — compute environmental
scores and Step IV — evaluate the alternatives. RIAM is based on the knowledge
that certain specific criteria are common to all impact assessments, and by scaling
these criteria it becomes possible to record the values of the assessments made.
RIAM works with both negative and positive impacts. Not all criteria can be given
the same weight, and so the criteria are divided into two groups: those which
individually are important in their impact; and those that collectively important. The
important assessment criteria fall into two groups: (A) Criteria that are of
importance to the condition, and which can individually change the score obtained.
(B) Criteria that are of value to the situation, but individually should not be capable
of changing the score obtained. The value ascribed to each of these groups of criteria
is determined by the use of a series of simple formulae. These formulae allow the
scores for the individual components to be determined on a defined basis.
The process can be expressed: (a1) x (a2) = aT (b1) + (b2) + (b3) = bT (aT) x (bT) = ES Group (A) criteria
Importance of condition (A1)
A measure of the importance of the condition, which is assessed against the spatial
boundaries or human interests it will affect. The scales are defined:
4 = important to national/international interests
3 = important to regional/national interests
2 = important to areas immediately outside the local condition
1 = important only to the local condition
0 = no importance.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-10 Team Labs and Consultants
Magnitude of change/effect (A2)
Magnitude is defined as a measure of the scale of benefit/dis-benefit of an impact or
a condition:
+ 3 = major positive benefit
+ 2 = significant improvement in status quo
+ 1 = improvement in status quo
0 = no change/status quo
- 1 = negative change to status quo
- 2 = significant negative dis-benefit or change
- 3 = major dis-benefit or change.
Group (B) criteria
Permanence (B1)
This defines whether a condition is temporary or permanent, and should be seen
only as a measure of the temporal status of the condition
1 = no change/not applicable
2 = temporary
3 = permanent.
Reversibility (B2)
This defines whether the condition can be changed and is a measure of the control
over the effect of the condition.
1 = no change/not applicable
2 = reversible
3 = irreversible.
Cumulative (B3)
This is a measure of whether the effect will have a single direct impact or whether
there will be a cumulative effect over time, or a synergistic effect with other
conditions.
1 = no change/not applicable
2 = non-cumulative/single
3 = cumulative/synergistic
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-11 Team Labs and Consultants
Environmental components
The RIAM requires specific assessment components to be defined through a process
of scoping; and these environmental components fall into one of four categories,
which are defined as follows:
Physical/chemical
Covering all physical and chemical aspects of the environment, including finite (non-
biological) natural resources, and degradation of the physical environment by
pollution.
Biological / ecological
Covering all biological aspects of the environment, including renewable natural
resources, conservation of biodiversity, species interactions, and pollution of the
biosphere.
Sociological / cultural:
Covering all human aspects of the environment, including social issues affecting
individuals and communities; together with cultural aspects, including conservation
of heritage, and human development.
Economic / operational: To qualitatively identify the economic consequences of
environmental change, both temporary and permanent, as well as the complexities
of project management within the context of the project activities. The use of these
four categories can be, in itself, a competent tool for EIA, though each category can
be further sub-divided to identify specific environmental components that better
demonstrate the possible impacts. The degree of sensitivity and detail of the system
can thus be controlled by the selection and definition process for these
environmental components.
Criteria for Significance of Impacts based on Environmental Scores
Environmental Score Range Bands Description of Range Bands
+72 to +108 +E Major Positive Change/Impacts
+36 to + 71 +D Significant Positive Change/Impacts
+19 to + 35 +C Moderately positive change/impacts
+10 to + 18 +B Positive Change/Impacts
+1 to +9 +A Slightly Positive Change/impacts
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-12 Team Labs and Consultants
Environmental Score Range Bands Description of Range Bands
0 N No Change/status quo/not applicable
-1 to -9 -A Slightly Negative Change/impacts
-10 to - 18 -B Negative Change/Impacts
-19 to - 35 -C Moderately negative change/impacts
-36 to -71 -D Significant negative change/impacts
-72 to -108 -E Major negative change/impacts
4.2.2 Air Environment
The sources of air pollution in the proposed activity are emissions from dozing
equipment and transportation vehicles, in addition to wind erosion of stockpiles. The
emissions from dozing equipment and transport vehicles consist of particulate matter,
sulfur dioxide, and oxides of nitrogen, which results in change in criteria air
contaminants in ambient air quality. The adoption of mitigation measures like water
sprinkling along the haulage roads shall reduce the impact to low levels. Wind
erosion of stockpiled mineral may result in particulate pollution in the immediate
surroundings. The anticipated impacts on air environment are presented in Table 4.5
and Table 4.6 presents significance of each impact based on RIAM. The impact
assessment indicates that the proposed gravelmining activity will have slightly
negative change/impacts on visibility, change in odor related contaminants, and
eutrophication of sensitive ecosystems, whereas negative impact is indicated on
change in criteria air pollutants, change in greenhouse gases, and impact on soil and
flora due to wet and dry deposition of pollutants.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-13 Team Labs and Consultants
Table 4.5 Impacts on Air Environment
Impact Activity
Ch
an
ge i
n
Cri
teri
a a
ir
con
tam
inan
ts
Ch
an
ge i
n
healt
h a
nd
o
do
r re
late
d
con
tam
inan
ts
Ch
an
ge i
n
gre
en
ho
use
gase
s
Ch
an
ge i
n
vis
ibil
ity
Eff
ect
s o
n
veg
eta
tio
n d
ue
to d
ry a
nd
wet
d
ep
osi
tio
n
Eff
ect
s o
n s
oil
d
ue t
o d
ry a
nd
wet
dep
osi
tio
n
Eu
tro
ph
icati
o
n o
f se
nsi
tiv
e
eco
syst
em
du
e N
20
dep
osi
tio
n
Construction Stage
Site clearing, √
Road Formation √ √ √ √ √ √
Site Services √ √ √ √ √ √
Production stage
Loading and Unloading √ √ √ √ √ √
Transportation √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Mine Closure
Removal, Back filling and sealing √ √ √ √
Removal of structures √ √ √ √
Danger due to inadvertent entry
√ Indicates Impact Table 4.6 Impact significance - Air Environment
Impact Im
po
rta
nce
of
con
dit
ion
(A1)
Ma
gn
itu
de
of
cha
ng
e /
e
ffe
ct (
A2)
Pe
rma
ne
nc
e (
B1
)
Re
ve
rsib
ilit
y (
B2
)
Cu
mu
lati
ve
(B3
)
(a1
) x
(a
2) =
a
T
(b1
) +
(b
2)
+ (
b3)
= b
T
(aT
) x
(b
T)
= E
S
Sig
nif
ica
nc
e
Change in Criteria air contaminants 2 -1 2 3 3 -2 7 -14 -B
Change in health and odor related contaminants 1 -1 2 3 3 -1 7 -7 -A
Change in greenhouse gases 2 -1 2 3 2 -2 7 -14 -B
change in visibility 1 -1 2 3 2 -1 7 -7 -A
Effects on vegetation due to dry and wet deposition 2 -1 2 3 2 -2 6 -12 -B
Effects on soil due to dry and wet deposition 2 -1 2 3 2 -2 6 -12 -B
Eutrophication of sensitive ecosystem due N20 deposition 1 -1 2 3 2 -1 6 -6 -A
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-14 Team Labs and Consultants
4.2.3 Details of Mathematical Modeling
The change in criteria air pollutants is calculated by conducting air quality impact
predictions. A large number of different mathematical models for dispersion
calculations are in practice in many parts of the world. Most of the models for
prediction of downwind concentrations are based on Gaussian dispersion. The
principle behind the Gaussian dispersion models is Gaussian probability distribution
of concentration in both vertical and horizontal cross wind directions about the
plume central line.
Predictions of ground level concentrations of the pollutants were carried out based
on site meteorological data collected during the study period. For calculation of
predicted ground level concentrations, ISCST3 model of Lakes Environmental based
on USEPA, ISCST3 algorithm is used as it has a more sophisticated algorithm
incorporating deposition, better algorithm for area sources, etc.
Overview of New Features in the ISC3 Models
The ISC3 models include several new features. A revised area source algorithm and
revised dry deposition algorithm have been incorporated in the models. The ISC3
models also include an algorithm for modeling impacts of particulate emissions from
open pit sources, such as surface coal mines. The Short-Term model includes a new
wet deposition algorithm, and also incorporates the COMPLEX1 screening model
algorithms for use with complex and intermediate terrain. When both simple and
complex terrain algorithms are included in a Short-Term model run, the model will
select the higher impact from the two algorithms on an hour-by-hour, source-by-
source, and receptor by- receptor basis for receptors located on intermediate terrain,
i.e., terrain located between the release height and the plume height.
Some of the model input options have changed and newer input options have been
added as a result of the new features contained in the ISC3 models. The source
deposition parameters have changed somewhat with the new dry deposition
algorithm, and there are new source parameters needed for the wet deposition
algorithm in the Short-Term model. There are also new meteorology input
requirements for use of the new deposition algorithms. The option for specifying
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-15 Team Labs and Consultants
elevation units has been extended to source elevations and terrain grid elevations, in
addition to receptor elevations.
The utility programs, STOLDNEW, BINTOASC, and METLIST have not been
updated. While they may continue to be used as before, they are not applicable to
the new deposition algorithms in the ISC3 models.The salient features of the ISCST3
model are presented below Table 4.7. The air quality predictions have been made
using the model evaluation protocol for fugitive dust impact modeling for surface
coal mining operations (EPA 1995, EPA 1994).
Table 4.7 Salient Features of the ISCST3 Model
Item Details
Model name ISCST3 (Based on USEPA algorithm)
Source Types Point, Area, Volume, Open Pits
Dispersion Equation Steady State Gaussian Plume Equation
Diffusion Parameters Pasqual Gifford Co-efficient
Plume Rise Briggs Equation
Time Average 1 hr to Annual/Period Has Short Term and Long-Term modeling options
Deposition Both Dry and Wet Deposition
Application Input data:
(i) Source Data mine coordinates, base elevation, emission rates of pollutants
(ii) Receptor Data Grid interval, number of receptors, receptor elevations
(iii) Meteorological data
Hourly meteorological data i.e. wind speed, direction, ambient temperature, stability and mixing heights
Model Formulation
The model uses the following steady state Gaussian plume equation. The basic
equation for calculating the concentration of pollutants for any point in x, y, z co-
ordinates is given below:
C(x,y,z,H) = Q/2yz U exp[-1/2(y/y)2]x[exp{-1/2(z-h/z)2} + exp {-1/2 (z+H/z)
2}]
Where C= Concentration of pollutants in mg/cu m
Q= Strength of emissions in g/sec.
H= Effective Height (m), i.e., physical height + plume raise
y, z= diffusion coefficients in y and z directions in m.
U= average wind velocity in m/sec.
The following assumptions are made in Gaussian dispersion model.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-16 Team Labs and Consultants
This model assumes no diffusion in the down wind direction and thus applicable to
a plume and not a puff of pollutant. The dispersion parameter values used for
horizontal dispersion coefficient and vertical dispersion coefficients are those given
in the “Work book of atmospheric dispersion estimates”. These dispersion
coefficients assume a sampling time of about 10min., the height values of interest to
be in the lowest several hundred meters of the atmosphere, a surface corresponding
to the open country. The stacks are tall enough to be free from building turbulence
so that no aerodynamic down wash occurs. The given stability exists from ground
level to well above the top of the plume.
The Gaussian dispersion model has been tested extensively for its validity and found
to be reasonably applicable for different atmospheric conditions. BIS has also
adopted this basic plume dispersion model. Hence the same model is adopted for
predictions of downwind concentrations of pollutants in this report.
Meteorological Data
Data recorded by the weather monitoring station at site on wind speed, direction,
solar isolation, temperature and cloud cover at one hourly interval for three months
i.e. One full season has been used for computations.
Mixing Height
The mixing heights for ambient air quality predictions are adopted from Atlas of
Hourly Mixing Height and Assimilative Capacity of Atmosphere in India by S.D
Attri, Siddartha Singh, B. Mukhopadhya and A.K Bhatnagar, Published by Indian
Metrological Department, New Delhi, 2008. The mixing heights range from 650 to
1450 m during summer season. There is no record of inversion for this area
(Reference:Atlas of Hourly Mixing Height and Assimilative Capacity of Atmosphere
in India by S.D Attri, Siddartha Singh, B. Mukhopadhya and A.K Bhatnagar,
Published by Indian Metrological Department, New Delhi, 2008). There is no record
of inversion in this area as observed from the IMD data.
4.2.4 Emissions from Mining activity and transportation
The speciation of PM based on the particle size was done using AP-42 emission
factors of USEPA. The emission rate of PM is presented in Table 4.8.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-17 Team Labs and Consultants
Table 4.8 Emission Details of Pollutants
Sri K.
Saravanan Sri P. R.
Venkatesan Sri R.
Sadanandan Sri P. Balaji
Excavation of material
Quantity, M3/year 181651 188072 162337 146812
Operations Hours Per Year 2640.00 2640.00 2640.00 2640.00
Activity Rate, m3/Hr 68.81 71.24 61.49 55.61
Emission of Dust, gm/m3 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
Emission of Dust, gm/hr 6.9 7.1 6.1 5.6
Area of Influence, m2 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8
Uncontrolled Emission Rate, g/s/m2
0.00040 0.00041 0.00036 0.00032
Controlled Emission Rate, g/s/m2
0.00000040 0.00000041 0.00000036 0.00000032
Transport of Material
Quantity, M3/year 181651 188072 162337 146812
Operations Hours Per Year 2160 2160 2160 2160
Capacity of Each Damper 10 10 10 10
Total Number of Dumpers Per Year
18165 18807 16234 14681
Lead Length Per Trip 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
Total VKT Per Year 1817 1881 1623 1468
Emission Kg/VKT 1 1 1 1
Total Emission Kg/Year 1817 1881 1623 1468
Uncontrolled Emission Rate, g/s/m
56.1 58.0 50.1 45.3
Controlled Emission Rate, g/s/m2
0.00561 0.00580 0.00501 0.00453
The emission figures are derived by using the emission factors mentioned in air
chief AP-42 published by USEPA.
4.2.5 Air Quality Predictions (Terms of Reference No. 23)
Prediction of ground level concentrations of pollutants was carried out based on site
meteorological data collected during the study period. For calculation of ground
level concentrations, a grid of 10 X 10 km with a receptor interval of 400 meters is
considered.
The composition of particulate matter was obtained from USEPA AIRCHIEF AP-42
and the same was considered in determining the source concentration of PM10 and
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-18 Team Labs and Consultants
PM2.5 for prediction purpose. It may be observed that the predicted maximum 24
hourly GLC’s of PM, PM10 andPM2.5 are 0.14, 0.05 and 0.05 g/m3 respectively and
the maximum values are observed within the site for cluster. The isopleths of
predicted ground level concentration are graphically presented in Figure 4.8 to
4.10.The predicted ground level concentration at various ambient air quality
monitoring locations and the valued eco component of reserve forests in the impact
area are presented in Table 4.9. The cumulative ground level concentration
considering the observed ambient air quality values is presented in Table 4.10. It
may be observed that there is a marginal increase in the ambient air quality of
surrounding area due to proposed mining activity.
The mitigation measures proposed for controlling fugitive dust shall ensure that the
impact is local in scope and their effects can be distinguished from the natural range
of variability in physical, chemical and biological characteristics and processes. The
impact magnitude is low with less than 1g/m3change in the ambient air quality,
confined to study area only. The impact occurs continuously during mining
operations and manifests long term throughout operations; however, it is reversible
after mining activity is completed. The certainty of impact is high based on
quantitative evaluation of site-specific data while the level of confidence is high as
the quantitative prediction is considered to be reliable, with a high probability of
occurrence. The residual effect of the impact is dry deposition of particulate in mine
lease area, which may join surface runoff and increase sediment load.
Table 4.9 Predicted GLC’s at Monitoring Locations
S. No Location Name Distance from
Site, km Direction form site
Predicted GLC,g/m3
PM PM10 PM2.5
Buffer Zone
A-02 Gopalareddikandigai 1.5 SE 0.001 0.0004 0.0001
A-03 Balakrishnapuram 1.3 NE 0.001 0.0004 0.0001
A-04 Chinnabudur 1.3 NW 0.001 0.0004 0.0001
A-05 Madanamjeri 1.7 SW 0.001 0.0004 0.0001
A-06 Peradam 2.8 NW 0.001 0.0004 0.0001
A-07 Ambakkam 2.9 SW 0.001 0.0004 0.0001
A-08 Karadiputtur 1.6 SE 0.001 0.0004 0.0001
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-19 Team Labs and Consultants
Table 4.10 Cumulative AAQ Concentration at various locations in the Impact Area
S. No Location Name Distance from Site,
km
Direction Form site
Baseline
Concentration, g/m3
Predicted
GLC, g/m3
Cumulative
Concentration, g/m3
PM10 PM2.5 PM10 PM2.5 PM10 PM2.5
Buffer Zone
A-02 Gopalareddikandigai 1.5 SE 46 21 0.0004 0.0001 46.0004 21.0001
A-03 Balakrishnapuram 1.3 NE 43 20 0.0004 0.0001 43.0004 20.0001
A-04 Chinnabudur 1.3 NW 42 21 0.0004 0.0001 42.0004 21.0001
A-05 Madanamjeri 1.7 SW 44 19 0.0004 0.0001 44.0004 19.0001
A-06 Peradam 2.8 NW 43 19 0.0004 0.0001 43.0004 19.0001
A-07 Ambakkam 2.9 SW 44 19 0.0004 0.0001 44.0004 19.0001
A-08 Karadiputtur 1.6 SE 45 19 0.0004 0.0001 45.0004 19.0001
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-20 Team Labs and Consultants
Figure 4.8 PM Ground Level Concentrations
ISC-AERMOD View - Lakes Environmental Software
PROJECT TITLE:
PROJECT NO.:
SCALE:
0 5 km
1:125,528
COMMENTS:
MODELER:
Team Labs and Consultants, Hyderabad
SOURCES:
8
RECEPTORS:
0
OUTPUT TYPE:
CONC
MAX:
0.14077 ug/m^3
ug/m^3PLOT FILE OF HIGH 1ST HIGH 24-HR VALUES FOR SOURCE GROUP: ALL
0.047 0.063 0.078 0.094 0.110 0.125 0.141
0.05
654 2873 1
-8000 -6000 -4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000
-800
0-6
000
-400
0-2
000
020
0040
0060
0080
00
WRPLOT View - Lakes Environmental Software
WIND ROSE PLOT:
COMMENTS:
MODELER:
Team Labs and Consultants, Hyderabad
PROJECT NO.:
NORTH
SOUTH
WEST EAST
5.14%
10.3%
15.4%
20.6%
25.7%
WIND SPEED (m/s)
>= 4.20
2.80 - 4.20
1.40 - 2.80
0.28 - 1.40
Calms: 4.71%
TOTAL COUNT:
2208 hrs.
CALM WINDS:
4.71%
DATA PERIOD:
Start Date: 10/1/2020 - 00:00End Date: 12/31/2020 - 23:00
AVG. WIND SPEED:
1.27 m/s
DISPLAY:
Wind SpeedDirection (blowing from)
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-21 Team Labs and Consultants
Figure 4.9 PM10Ground Level Concentrations
ISC-AERMOD View - Lakes Environmental Software
PROJECT TITLE:
PROJECT NO.:
SCALE:
0 5 km
1:125,528
COMMENTS:
MODELER:
Team Labs and Consultants, Hyderabad
SOURCES:
8
RECEPTORS:
0
OUTPUT TYPE:
CONC
MAX:
0.05182 ug/m^3
ug/m^3PLOT FILE OF HIGH 1ST HIGH 24-HR VALUES FOR SOURCE GROUP: ALL
0.017 0.023 0.029 0.035 0.040 0.046 0.052
0.02
654 2873 1
-8000 -6000 -4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000
-800
0-6
000
-400
0-2
000
020
0040
0060
0080
00
WRPLOT View - Lakes Environmental Software
WIND ROSE PLOT:
COMMENTS:
MODELER:
Team Labs and Consultants, Hyderabad
PROJECT NO.:
NORTH
SOUTH
WEST EAST
5.14%
10.3%
15.4%
20.6%
25.7%
WIND SPEED (m/s)
>= 4.20
2.80 - 4.20
1.40 - 2.80
0.28 - 1.40
Calms: 4.71%
TOTAL COUNT:
2208 hrs.
CALM WINDS:
4.71%
DATA PERIOD:
Start Date: 10/1/2020 - 00:00End Date: 12/31/2020 - 23:00
AVG. WIND SPEED:
1.27 m/s
DISPLAY:
Wind SpeedDirection (blowing from)
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-22 Team Labs and Consultants
Figure 4.10 PM2.5Ground Level Concentrations
ISC-AERMOD View - Lakes Environmental Software
PROJECT TITLE:
PROJECT NO.:
SCALE:
0 5 km
1:125,528
COMMENTS:
MODELER:
Team Labs and Consultants, Hyderabad
SOURCES:
8
RECEPTORS:
0
OUTPUT TYPE:
CONC
MAX:
0.01555 ug/m^3
ug/m^3PLOT FILE OF HIGH 1ST HIGH 24-HR VALUES FOR SOURCE GROUP: ALL
0.005 0.007 0.009 0.010 0.012 0.014 0.016
0.01
654 2873 1
-8000 -6000 -4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000
-800
0-6
000
-400
0-2
000
020
0040
0060
0080
00
WRPLOT View - Lakes Environmental Software
WIND ROSE PLOT:
COMMENTS:
MODELER:
Team Labs and Consultants, Hyderabad
PROJECT NO.:
NORTH
SOUTH
WEST EAST
5.14%
10.3%
15.4%
20.6%
25.7%
WIND SPEED (m/s)
>= 4.20
2.80 - 4.20
1.40 - 2.80
0.28 - 1.40
Calms: 4.71%
TOTAL COUNT:
2208 hrs.
CALM WINDS:
4.71%
DATA PERIOD:
Start Date: 10/1/2020 - 00:00End Date: 12/31/2020 - 23:00
AVG. WIND SPEED:
1.27 m/s
DISPLAY:
Wind SpeedDirection (blowing from)
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-23 Team Labs and Consultants
4.3 Occupational Health Hazards Due to Dust Pollution
The mining activity results in mainly particulate emission and dust pollution.
Progressive disintegration of suspended solid particles or dust results in major
health problems. This micron sized particles, once air-borne, are extremely difficult
to be collected or trapped. Due to the minute size of the particles, the ambient
environment remains clear giving a deceptive sense of security to the workers and
the management.
Dust will have impact on the health of the workers and the population of
surrounding villages due to dry deposition of particulates. Lung function is
impaired due to both respirable and non-respirable dust particles. Chronic exposure
leads to respiratory illnesses like asthma, emphysema, severe dyspnea (shortness of
breath), and bronchitis and in extreme cases pneumoconiosis or the black-lung
disease of miners. The effect of dust is harmful to human health, necessitating
implementation of effective occupational health and safety practices. The impact
within the mine lease area is moderate negative with low magnitude, as the impact
is localized, and is reversible with employee rotation, implementation of dust
pollution mitigation measures and occupational health and safety practices. The
impact on habitation is not significant as the predicted ground level concentrations
are very low contributing to minor increase to AAQ, which is within the prescribed
NAAQ standards.
4.4 Noise Environment
The source of noise during mining operation is loading, vehicular movement.
Loading operations are intermittent during mine working hours, while vehicle
movement is intermittent. The noise sources contribute to increase in background
noise levels. The monitored values for noise levels are within the prescribed levels
of CPCB. The incremental noise levels due to these activities were predicted and the
values reflect low impact outside the premises. The incremental noise levels
however shall have direct negative impact on the noise levels, with low significance
due to mitigation measures and also due to absence of sensitive receptors within
1400 m of the sources. The impact significance is calculated using RIAM. The
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-24 Team Labs and Consultants
impacts due to various activities during the life time of the project including the
emergency scenarios on noise levels is presented in Table 4.11. The impact
significance on noise levels is presented in Table 4.12. The impact assessment
indicates that the proposed gravelmining activity have slightly negative
change/impacts on ambient noise, whereas negative impact is indicated on change
in criteria noise environment, due to its low magnitude and occasional frequency.
4.4.1 Prediction of Impact on Noise Quality
The change is criteria Noise environment is calculated by conducting noise quality
impact predictions. The sound pressure level generated by noise source decreases
with increasing distance from the source due to wave divergence. An additional
decrease in sound pressure levels also occurs with increasing distance from the
source due to atmospheric effect or interaction with the objects in the transmission
path. This is due to excess attenuation. The sound pressure level is also affected by
medium of travel and environmental conditions. The propagation model has been
devised to take into account these factors and predict the noise levels at various
distances round a single or a multiple source. The model uses the following formula
as a basis for such predictions.
(Lob) = (Lr) - (Ldiv) - (Latm) Where (Lob) = Observed noise level at a distance R from source (Lr) = Noise level of source measured at reference distance r (Ldiv) = Loss due to divergence at distance R from source = 20 log (R/r) (Latm) = Attenuation due to atmosphere at distance R from the source. = a x R/100, where a is atmospheric attenuation coefficient in dB (A)/100m.
For hemispherical wave divergence in a homogenous loss free atmosphere (Latm) = 0.
The total impact of all sources at particular place is then estimated by adding as the
contribution of noise from each of the following sources as follows;
i=n (Lob)i/10
(Leq) = 10 log {10 } i=1
Where n = total number of sources
The calculated noise levels are further super imposed (logarithmically) on the
background noise levels. The model assumes that the noise spectrum is mainly
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-25 Team Labs and Consultants
centered on a spectrum of 1000 Hz and attenuation due to building materials is also
at the same frequency.
The major sources of noise generation are excavation, loading, truck moment, DG
set, which emit noise level of maximum 90 dB (A) - 110 dB (A) at a reference
distance of 1m from the source. The predicted cumulative noise levels due to the
source and the existing level as calculated from the logarithmic model without noise
attenuation ranged between 55 and 75 Db (A) at distances ranging between 70 to 135
m which falls within the mine boundary. The impact of noise on the population in
the surrounding area will be negligible, as the nearest habitation is 1.4 m away from
the site.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-26 Team Labs and Consultants
Table 4.11 Impacts on Noise Level
Impact Activity
Noise and vibration
Change in ambient noise
levels
Change in behavior
due to noise
Effects on sensitive receptors leading to gradual impairment
Construction Stage
Site clearing, √ √ √
Road Formation √ √ √
Production stage
Dozing, Loading and Unloading √ √ √ √
Transportation √ √ √ √
Operation Stage - Incidents and Accidents
Accidents during transport of material √
Extreme Weather phenomenon
Mine Closure
Removal, Back filling and sealing
Removal of structures √ √ √
Danger due to inadvertent entry √ √ √
√ Indicates Impact Table 4.12 Impact Significance – Noise Level
Impact
Importance of
condition (A1)
Magnitude of change/ effect (A2)
Permanence (B1)
Reversibility (B2)
Cumu-lative (B3)
(a1) x
(a2) = aT
(b1) + (b2) + (b3) =
bT
(aT) x
(bT) = ES
Signi-ficance
Change in ambient noise levels 1 -1 2 2 3 -1 7 -7 -A
Change in behaviour due to noise 1 -1 2 2 2 -1 6 -6 -A
Effects on sensitive receptors leading to gradual impairment
1 -1 2 2 3 -1 7 -7 -A
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-27 Team Labs and Consultants
4.4.2 Occupational Health Hazards of Noise Pollution
Exposure to noise levels, above TLV, has been found to have detrimental effect on
the workers' health. Mineworkers working for more than 4 to 4.5 hours per shift will
be greatly affected, unless suitable mitigation measures are adopted. The health
impact of high noise levels on exposed workers may reflect in annoyance, fatigue,
temporary shift of threshold limit of hearing, permanent loss of hearing,
hypertension, high blood cholesterol and etc. Noise pollution poses a major health
risk to the mineworkers. When noise in the form of waves impinges the eardrum, it
begins to vibrate, stimulating other delicate tissues and organs in the ear. If the
magnitude of noise exceeds the tolerance limits, it is manifested in the form of
discomfort leading to annoyance and in extreme cases to loss of hearing. Detrimental
effects of noise pollution are not only related to sound pressure level and frequency,
but also on the total duration of exposure and the age of the person. Table
4.13presents frequency levels and associated mental and physical response of
humans. The impact within the mine lease area is moderately negative with low
magnitude, as the impact is localized, and is reversible with employee rotation,
implementation occupational health and safety practices. The impact on habitation
is not significant as the distance from mining activity is more than 1.5 km.
Table 4.13 Noise Exposure Levels and Its Effects
S.No Noise Level dB (A) Exposure Time Effects
1 85 Continuous Safe
2 85-90 Continuous Annoyance and irritation
3 90-100 Short term Temporary shift in hearing threshold, generally with complete recovery.
4 Above 100
Continuous Permanent loss of hearing
Short Term Permanent hearing loss can be avoided
5 100-110 Several years Permanent deafness
6 110-120 Few months Permanent deafness
7 120 Short term Extreme discomfort
8 140 Short term Discomfort with actual pain
9 150 and above Single exposure Mechanical damage to the ear
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-28 Team Labs and Consultants
4.5 Water Environment
The mine lease area is a hill terrain. There are no major surface water bodies within 1
km of the Mine lease area and the proposed mining activity is away from the drain. It
is proposed to utilize groundwater from nearby villages for domestic purpose in the
order of 6.5 KLD and it is proposed to utilize stored storm water for other mining
operations like dust suppression and etc. The release of effluents may change ground
water quality, change in run off quality, change in ground water and surface water
interaction, change in channel morphology leading to deterioration of production
levels of both terrestrial and aquatic flora and fauna, resulting in higher
concentrations of chemicals in food chain. The impacts due to various activities
during the life time of the project including the emergency scenarios on water
environment for both surface water and ground water is presented in Tables 4.14
and 4.15 respectively. The impact significance is calculated using RIAM and
presented in Table 4.16 and 4.17 respectively for both surface and ground water
environment respectively. The mitigation measure shall hence ensure that the impact
is of low significance.
The impact assessment indicates that the proposed gravel mining activity have
slightly negative change/impacts on runoff quantity, change in runoff peak flow,
and change in erosion and sedimentation, whereas negative impact is indicated on
quality of surface water.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-29 Team Labs and Consultants
Table 4.14 Impacts on Surface Water
Impact Activity
Change in runoff quantity
Change in
runoff peak flow
Change in
surface drainage pattern
Change in
Surface water
Quality
Change in surface and
ground water interaction
Change in channel
morphology
Change in erosion and
sedimentation
Dry and wet deposition leading to
acidity
Construction Stage
Site clearing, √ √ √ √ √
Road Formation √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Site Services √ √ √ √
Production stage
Loading and Unloading √ √ √ √ √
Transportation √ √
Operation Stage - Incidents and Accidents
Accidents during transport of material √ √
Extreme Weather phenomenon √ √ √ √ √ √
Mine Closure
Removal, Back filling and sealing √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Removal of structures √ √ √ √ √
Danger due to inadvertent entry
√ Indicates Impact Table 4.15 Impacts on Ground Water
Impact Activity
Change in ground water quantity
Change to ground water quality
Change in ground water flow regime
Change in ground water and surface water interaction
Construction Stage
Site clearing, √ √ √
Road Formation √ √ √ √
Site Services √ √
Production stage
Dozing, Loading and Unloading √ √
Transportation
Operation Stage - Incidents and Accidents
Accidents during transport of material √
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-30 Team Labs and Consultants
Extreme Weather phenomenon √ √ √
Mine Closure
Removal, Back filling and sealing √ √ √ √
Removal of structures √ √ √
Danger due to inadvertent entry
Table 4.16 Impacts Significance - Surface Water
Impact
Importance of
condition (A1)
Magnitude of change/ effect (A2)
Permanence (B1)
Reversibility (B2)
Cumulative (B3)
(a1) x (a2) = aT
(b1) + (b2) +
(b3) = bT
(aT) x (bT) = ES
Significance
Change in runoff quantity 1 -1 3 2 2 -1 7 -7 -A
Change in runoff peak flow 1 -1 3 2 3 -1 8 -8 -A
Change in surface drainage pattern 1 -1 3 3 3 -1 9 -9 -A
Change in Surface water Quality 2 -1 2 3 2 -2 7 -14 -B
Change in surface and ground water interaction
1 -1 3 2 2 -1 7 -7 -A
Change in channel morphology 2 -1 3 3 3 -2 9 -18 -C
Change in erosion and sedimentation 2 -1 2 2 2 -2 6 -12 -B
Dry and wet deposition leading to acidity
1 -1 2 2 3 -1 7 -7 -A
Table 4.17 Impacts Significance - Ground Water
Impact/aspect Importance of condition
(A1)
Magnitude of
change/effect (A2)
Permanen
ce (B1)
Reversibility (B2)
Cumulati
ve (B3)
(a1) x
(a2) = aT
(b1) + (b2) +
(b3) = bT
(aT) x (bT) =
ES
Significance
Change in ground water quantity 1 -1 3 2 3 -1 8 -8 -A
Change to ground water quality 1 -1 2 2 2 -1 6 -6 -A
Change in ground water flow regime 1 -1 3 2 3 -1 8 -8 -A
Change in ground water and surface water interaction 1 -1 3 2 3 -1 8 -8 -A
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-31 Team Labs and Consultants
4.6 Land Environment
The mining cycle in the mine lease area would result in change in land use from
government wasteland to mining in a land area. The proposed mining plan involves
construction of site services. There is a major alteration of terrain, as mining activity
involves removal of a hillock. The impact significance is calculated using RIAM.
The impacts due to various activities during the life time of the project including the
emergency scenarios on land environment is presented in Table 4.18. The impact
significance on land environment is presented in Table 4.19.
The impact assessment indicates that the proposed gravelactivity will have slightly
negative change/impacts on soil profile due to its disturbance, change in erosion,
soil bio diversity and ecological integrity: C/N ratio, whereas negative impact is
indicated due to alteration of terrain, Loss of nutrients due to land use operations,
and impact on soil and flora due to wet and dry deposition of pollutants.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-32 Team Labs and Consultants
Table 4.18 Impacts on Land Environment
Impact Activity
Soil profi
le disturban
ce
Erosion
Accidental releases leading to degradation of soil quality
Soil bio diversity
and ecologic
al integrity
: C/N ratio
Alteration of terra
in
Land
capabilit
y effects
Soil compactio
n
Ground
sealing:
change in
water balanc
e
Change in filter function
: permeability
Change in acid buffering function due
to wet and dry deposition:
CEC and base saturation
Loss of emissio
n protecti
on
Factors
Construction Stage
Site clearing, √ √ √ √
Road Formation √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Site Services construction √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Production stage
Dozing, Loading and Unloading √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Transportation √ √
Operation Stage - Incidents and Accidents
Accidents during transport of material
√ √
Extreme Weather phenomenon √ √ √
Mine Closure
Removal, Back filling and sealing √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Removal of structures √
Danger due to inadvertent entry
√ Indicates Impact
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-33 Team Labs and Consultants
Table 4.19 Impact Significance – Land environment
Impact
Importance of
condition (A1)
Magnitude of
change/effect (A2)
Permanence (B1)
Reversibility (B2)
Cumulative (B3)
(a1) x
(a2) = aT
(b1) + (b2) + (b3) =
bT
(aT) x
(bT) = ES
Significance
Soil profile disturbance 1 -3 3 3 2 -3 8 -24 -C
Erosion 1 -1 2 2 3 -1 7 -7 -A
Accidental releases leading to degradation of soil quality
1 -1 2 2 2 -1 6 -6 -A
Soil bio diversity and ecological integrity: C/N ratio
1 -2 3 2 2 -2 7 -14 -B
Alteration of terrain 1 -3 3 2 2 -3 7 -21 -C
Land capability effects 1 -3 3 2 2 -3 7 -21 -C
Soil compaction 1 -1 2 2 2 -1 6 -6 -A
Ground sealing: change in water balance 1 -1 3 2 2 -1 7 -7 -A
Change in filter function: permeability 1 -1 3 2 2 -1 7 -7 -A
Change in acid buffering function due to wet and dry deposition: CEC and base saturation
1 -1
3 2 2 -1 7 -7 -A
Loss of emission protection 1 -1 3 2 2 -1 7 -7 -A
Loss of nutrients due to land use operations 1 -1 3 3 2 -1 7 -7 -A
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-34 Team Labs and Consultants
4.7 Biological Environment
The ecological factors that are considered most significant as far as the impact on
flora and fauna concerned are:
1. Whether there shall be any reduction in species diversity?
1. Whether there shall be any habitat loss or fragmentation?
2. Whether there shall be any additional risk or threat to the rare or endangered or
endemic or threatened (REET) species?
3. Whether there shall be any impairment of ecological functions such as
(i) disruption of food chains, decline in species population and or
(ii) Alterations in predator-prey relationships?
4. Whether it is possible to attain the global objectives of ‘no net loss’ of
biodiversity?
5. Whether it is possible to improve the biological diversity through the proposed
activity?
There is no direct threat to any rare or endangered or threatened biological species
as indicated by the baseline data, due to the proposed project, as the proposed
construction area has sparse vegetation. The project is not going to cause any
fragmentation of habitat or disruption of food cycles or destruction of breeding
grounds or blockade of migratory routes. The major impacts of the project are
mainly during construction and subsequently on account of atmospheric pollution.
The industry is required to limit its emissions as per the NAAQ of 2009. It has to
strictly adhere to the conditions stipulated by the regulatory bodies. The project
authorities are going to take all steps and measures in order to strictly comply with
National Ambient Air Quality Standards of 2009. The project may not have impacts
on terrestrial flora and fauna. Further, as there are no rare or endangered or
threatened (RET) species within the impact area, the project does not pose any direct
threat to the survival of any rare species. Hence, the proposed project activity is
unlikely to pose any additional threat to REET species in the impact area. It may be
concluded that the impacts are indirect, and positive due to increasing the density of
green belt, and of low significance. The impacts due to various activities during the
life time of the project including the emergency scenarios on flora and fauna are
presented in Tables 4.20and 4.21 respectively. The impact significance on Flora and
Fauna are presented in Tables 4.22 and 4.23 respectively.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-35 Team Labs and Consultants
The impact assessment indicates that the proposed gravelmining activity will have
slightly negative change/impacts on Habitat availability –due to loss or alteration of
habitat, fragmentation of Habitat, and reduced habitat connectivity, whereas
negative impact is indicated due to possible reduction in abundance/diversity, and
impact on soil and flora due to wet and dry deposition of pollutants.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-36 Team Labs and Consultants
Table 4.20 Impacts on Flora
Impact Activity
Terrestrial vegetation reduction
Removal of traditionally used plants
Reduction in species and community
diversity
Reduction in
landscape diversity
Potential acid input
and N2 deposition
Fragmentation of habitat
Construction Stage
Site clearing, √ √ √ √ √
Road Formation √ √ √ √ √
Site Services √ √
Production stage √
Dozing, Loading and Unloading √
Transportation
Operation Stage - Incidents and Accidents
Accidents during transport of material
Extreme Weather phenomenon
Mine Closure
Removal, Back filling and sealing √ √
Removal of structures √ √
Danger due to inadvertent entry
√ Indicates Impact Table 4.21 Impacts on Fauna
Impact Activity
Habitat availability- loss or alteration
Habitat fragmentation
Reduced habitat connectivity
Increased mortality risk
Reduced abundance/ diversity
Construction Stage
Site clearing, √ √ √ √
Road Formation √ √ √ √
Site Services √ √ √
Production stage
Dozing, Loading and Unloading
Transportation
Operation Stage - Incidents and Accidents
Accidents during transport of material √
Mine Closure
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-37 Team Labs and Consultants
Removal, Back filling and sealing √ √
Removal of structures √ √
Danger due to inadvertent entry
√ Indicates Impact
Table 4.22 Impact Significance – Flora
Impact
Imp
ort
an
ce o
f co
nd
itio
n (
A1)
Mag
nit
ud
e o
f
chan
ge/e
ffect
(A2)
Perm
an
en
ce
(B1)
Rev
ers
ibil
ity
(B2)
Cu
mu
lati
ve
(B3)
(a1)
x (
a2)
= a
T
(b1)
+ (
b2)
+
(b3)
= b
T
(aT
) x (
bT
) =
E
S
Sig
nif
ican
ce
Habitat availability - loss or alteration 1 -1 3 2 3 -1 8 -8 -A
Habitat fragmentation 1 -1 3 2 3 -1 8 -8 -A
Reduced habitat connectivity 1 -1 3 2 2 -1 7 -7 -A
Increased mortality risk 1 -1 3 2 2 -1 7 -7 -A
Reduced abundance/diversity 1 -1 3 2 3 -1 8 -8 -A
Table 4.23 Impact Significance – Fauna
Impact Importance of condition (A1)
Magnitude of
change/effect (A2)
Permanence (B1)
Reversibility (B2)
Cumulative (B3)
(a1) x (a2) =
aT
(b1) + (b2) + (b3) =
bT
(aT) x (bT) =
ES Significance
Habitat availability - loss or alteration
1 -1 3 2 3 -1
8 -8 -A
Habitat fragmentation 1 -1 3 2 3 -1 8 -8 -A
Reduced habitat connectivity 1 -1 3 2 2 -1 7 -7 -A
Increased mortality risk 1 -1 3 2 2 -1 7 -7 -A
Reduced abundance/diversity 1 -1 3 2 3 -1 8 -8 -A
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-38 Team Labs and Consultants
4.8 Socio-economic Environment
The proposed project envisages additional employment to 13 people, with monthly
salary outlay of Rs. 15.6 lakhs which will have a direct positive impact. The
proximity of the site to Satyavedu, which has adequate infrastructure with respect to
housing, education, transport, health and civic amenities, and hence have low
impact on infrastructure availability. The impact on health was assessed by air
quality impact predictions and was observed to be within prescribed NAAQ
standards. The proposed CSR activities from the company shall also enhance the
public approval for the project and ensure improvement in infrastructure in the
surrounding villages. The impacts due to various activities during the mining cycle
on Socio-economic environment is presented in Table 4.24. The impact significance
calculated using RIAM method on socio-economic environment is presented in
Table 4.25.
The impact assessment indicates that the proposed gravel mining activity will have
moderately positive impact due to employment generation, negative impact due to
possible migration of employees into this area, pressure on social infrastructure, on
health due to emissions from mining activity and transport, stress on common water
resources. The project shall have moderately negative impact on the transport
infrastructure, while slightly negative impact is observed due to demand for
additional housing, stress on municipal/panchayath infrastructure, stress on
traditional land use, and concerns related to public safety due to increased pollution
levels and transport related incidents. Positive impacts are observed due to change
in quality of life, increased community expectations, possible additional
employment for women resulting better gender equity, and business opportunity
for locals in associated activities.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-39 Team Labs and Consultants
Table 4.24 Impacts on Socio Economic
Impact Activity
Employment
Migration: in
and out
Housing imapct
Social
infrastructu
re
Municipal/ Local Body Infrastruct
ure
Traffic Impact
Traditional use impact
Impact on health
Impact on
common water resource
both ground
and surface water
Change in
quality of
life
Communit
y expectation
s
Gender equity
Business opportuni
ty
Health co
ncern
Public safety concer
n
Construction Stage
Site clearing, √
Road Formation √ √ √ √ √
Site Services √ √ √ √ √
Production stage √
Dozing, Loading and Unloading √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Transportation √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Operation Stage - Incidents and Accidents
Accidents during transport of material
√
Extreme Weather phenomenon √ √
Mine Closure
Removal, Back filling and sealing
√
√ √
√ √
√ √
Removal of structures √
Danger due to inadvertent entry
√ Indicates Impact
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-40 Team Labs and Consultants
Table 4.25 Impact Significance – Socio Economic
Impact
Importance of
condition (A1)
Magnitude of change
/effect (A2)
Permanence (B1)
Reversibility (B2)
Cumulative (B3)
(a1) x (a2) =
aT
(b1) + (b2) + (b3) =
bT
(aT) x
(bT) = ES
Significance
Employment 2 +2 2 2 3 +4 7 +24 +C
Migration: in and out 2 -1 2 2 3 -2 7 -14 -B
Housing impact 1 -1 2 2 3 -1 7 -7 -A
Social infrastructure 2 -1 2 2 3 -2 7 -14 -B
Municipal/Local Body Infrastructure
1 -1 2 2 3 -1 7 -7 -A
Traffic Impact 2 -2 2 2 3 -4 7 -28 -C
Traditional use impact 1 -1 2 2 3 -1 7 -7 -A
Impact on health 2 -1 2 2 3 -2 7 -14 -B
Impact on common water resource both ground and surface water
2 -1 2 2 3 -2 7 -14 -B
Change in quality of life 2 +1 2 2 3 +2 7 +14 +B
Community expectations
2 +1 2 2 3 +2 7 +14 +B
Gender equity 2 +1 2 2 3 +2 7 +14 +B
Business opportunity 2 +1 2 2 3 +2 7 +14 +B
Health concern 2 -1 2 2 3 -2 7 -14 -B
Public safety concern 1 -1 2 2 3 -1 7 -7 -A
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4-41 Team Labs and Consultants
4.9 Prediction of Impact on Vehicular Traffic
As the ML area is located adjacent to the Satyavedu to Tiruvallur roadconnecting
road there will not be any unauthorized shop or settlements along the road
connecting the site. The traffic density of the connecting road is low mainly
consisting of local transport, commercial and passenger vehicle traffic. material is
transported by road using road trucks. The additional traffic generated due to the
proposed mining project. There will be marginal increase in the traffic density.
The traffic study for the mine of the connecting road revealed that the peak traffic
volume in PCU is 0.116 during 8 to 9AM and the level of service of the connecting
road remains A, after proposed project also. Modified level of service for connecting
roads considering the additional truck trips due to this mining are presented in
Table 4.26.
Table 4.26 Modified level of services for connecting roads – Sri P. Balaji
Road Existing volume, PCU/hr
Existing volume/ Capacity
Additional volume
Modified Volume
Modified volume/ Capacity
Modified Los &
performance
Satyavedu to Tiruvallur
road 99 0.071 63 162 0.1116
A (Excellent)
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 5-1
CHAPTER 5.0 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
5.0 Introduction
The proposed mining activity is located at Survey No. 93/4 (Old Survey No. 93),
Kadirivedu Village, Satyavedu Mandal, Chittoor district, Andhra Pradesh in an
area of 8.00 ha. Analysis of alternatives was undertaken to assess sites, process and
technology and treatment options. The mining activity is site specific activity, and
the selection of site is based on availability of mineral. The objective of this
assessment is to identify best available technology not entailing excessive costs, and
to reduce pollution loads by optimizing both raw material and resource
consumption.
5.1 Alternative Sites
The availability of Gravel at this site facilitated the mine lease notice from
Government of Andhra Pradesh. The proposed mine lease area is away from any
sensitive locations. The mineral prospecting was done and accordingly a mine plan
was prepared. There are no archaeological, historical, cultural or defence
installation with in 10 km from the mine lease boundary. There is no national park
and wildlife sanctuary/ecologically sensitive areas within 10 km from the mine
lease boundary. The mine lease area is not part of any flood plain.
5.2 Alternatives in Technology
Type of mining is contingent on geological, topographical conditions of the mine
lease area, type of mineral and production capacity envisaged. The present case
has Gravel mining with capacity of production development Gravel @181651 TPA.
The mining process was detailed in the mining plan and the same is as follows. The
mining cycle involves removal of top soil, which is a suitable building material
known as gravel, and has high demand for road construction and other building
construction.
The process of gravel mining will be opencast fully-mechanized mining without
drilling and blasting. It involves excavating and loaded to trucks with the help of
escalator and transported through trucks.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 6-1
CHAPTER 6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
6.1 Introduction
The environmental monitoring programme provides such information on which
management decision may be taken during mine planning and operation phases. It
provides basis for evaluating the efficiency of mitigation and pollution control
measures and suggest further actions that need to be taken to achieve the desired
effect as part of adaptive management.
The monitoring includes: -
(i) Visual observations;
(ii) Selection of environmental parameters at specific locations;
(iii) Sampling and regular testing of these parameters.
6.1.1 Objectives
The objectives of the environmental monitoring programme are:
• Evaluation of the efficiency of mitigation and pollution control measures;
• Updating of the actions and impacts of baseline data;
• Adoption of additional mitigation measures if the present measures are
insufficient;
• Generating data, which may be incorporated in environmental management plan
in future projects.
6.1.2 Methodology
Monitoring methodology covers the following key aspects:
• Components to be monitored;
• Parameters for monitoring of the above components;
• Monitoring frequency;
• Monitoring standards;
• Responsibilities for monitoring;
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 6-2
• Direct responsibility,
• Overall responsibility;
• Monitoring costs.
Sri K. Saravanan proposed mining of Gravel using opencast fully mechanised
method. Environmental monitoring of the parameters involved and the threshold
limits specified are discussed below.
6.1.3 Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) Monitoring
Ambient air quality parameters recommended are Particulate Matter (Size Less than
10µm) or PM10, Particulate Matter (Size Less than 2.5µm) or PM2.5, Oxides of
Nitrogen (NOX) and Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Carbon Monoxide (CO). These are to be
monitored at designated locations starting from the day of operation of additional
capacity. Data should be generated at all identified locations in accordance to the
National Ambient Air Quality Standards; location, duration and the pollution
parameters to be monitored and the responsible institutional arrangements are
detailed out in the Environmental Monitoring Plan. Fugitive emission will be
monitored in the predominant wind direction as per MoEF&CC guidelines. The
National Ambient Air Quality standards are presented in Annexure I.
6.1.4 Water Quality Monitoring
The physical and chemical parameters recommended for analysis of water quality
relevant are pH, total solids, total dissolved solids, total suspended solids, oil and
grease, COD. The location, duration and the pollution parameters to be monitored
and the responsible institutional arrangements are detailed in the Environmental
Monitoring Plan. The monitoring of the water quality is to be carried out at all
identified locations in accordance to the Indian Standard Drinking Water
Specification – IS 10500:2012 (RA:2020) are presented in Annexure I.
6.1.5 Noise Level Monitoring
The measurements for monitoring noise levels would be carried out at all designated
locations in accordance to the Ambient Noise Standards formulated by Central
Pollution Control Board (CPCB) in 1989 are presented in Annexure I. Sound
pressure levels would be monitored on twenty-four-hour basis. Noise should be
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 6-3
recorded at an “A” weighted frequency using a “slow time response mode” of the
measuring instrument. The location, duration and the noise pollution parameters to
be monitored and the responsible institutional arrangements are detailed in the
Environmental Monitoring Plan.
The monitoring plan along with the environmental parameters and the time frame is
presented in the Table 6.1.
Table 6.1 Environmental Monitoring Plan
Particulars Monitoring Frequency
Standards Duration of Sampling
Important monitoring parameters
Ambient Air Quality Monitoring
At 3 Locations Site office, BK and CB villages
Quarterly Air (Prevention and Control of Pollu-tion) Rules, CPCB, 1994
24 hrs PM10, PM2.5, SO2,
NOx
Fugitive Dust Monitoring-4 Areas (Mine face, haul road, Mineral storage, loading)
Quarterly 8 hr SPM, SO2, Nox
Water Quality Monitoring
At 2 locations Working Pit, and BK village
Quarterly IS: 10500 pH, TSS, TH, TDS & metals
Noise Quality Monitoring
Noise Levels at 3 Locations; Working pit area, BK and CB villages
Quarterly Noise stan-dards by CPCB
8 hrs Equivalent Noise levels in dB (A)
Soil Quality Monitoring
Soil at 3 Locations Mine lease area, BK and CB villages.
Yearly pH, EC, CEC, Moisture, Texture, Bulk Density etc.
BK - Balakrishnapuram, CB - Chinnabudur
6.1.6 Responsibility of Monitoring and Reporting System
The overall responsibility of monitoring the above parameters lies with the
management. The mine manager shall be responsible for day-to-day monitoring.
The monitoring shall be conducted by MOEFCC registered laboratory, either in-
house or third party.
Records shall be maintained for the analysis of pit water and effluents, ambient air
quality data and noise levels. These records are not only required for the perusal of
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 6-4
the Pollution Control Board authorities but also to derive at the efficiencies of the
pollution control measures as the objective of the project proponent is not only
compliance with statutory regulations, but also a serious commitment towards clean
environment and sustainable development. The management shall maintain the
records as per the hazardous waste regulations and EPA regulations and apply for
the annual consents for air and water. Reporting system provides the necessary
feedback for project management to ensure quality of the mitigation measures and
that the management plan in implementation. The rationale for a reporting system is
based on accountability to ensure that the measures proposed as part of the
Environmental Management Plan get implemented in the project.
6.2 Environmental Monitoring Budget
The budget for environmental monitoring for the parameters mentioned is
calculated on the basis of CPCB notification of charges for environmental monitoring
and analysis. The cost estimate for environmental monitoring is presented in Table
6.2.
Table 6.2 Environmental Monitoring Budget
Component Item Unit Unit Cost,
Rs. Total Cost /
Year, Rs
Air Ambient Air Quality – 3 locations specified in monitoring plan
Quarterly 6000 72000
Fugitive dust – 4 locations specified in monitoring plan
Quarterly 2000 32000
Water quality
4 locations specified in monitoring plan Quarterly 2000 32000
Noise 3 locations specified in monitoring plan Quarterly 1200 14400
Soil 3 locations specified in monitoring plan yearly 1800 5400
Total 155800
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 7-1
CHAPTER 7.0 ADDITIONAL STUDIES (RISK ASSESSMENT)
7.1 Introduction
Sri K. Saravanan proposes production capacity production of Gravel @181651 TPA
by conducting opencast mining in an area of 8.00 ha at Sy No. 93/4 (Old Survey No.
93), Kadirivedu Village, Satyavedu Mandal, Chittoor district, Andhra Pradesh.
Table 7.1 Details of Mine Lease Area
State and District
Mandal Village Lease
Area, ha Ownership of the lease area
Sy. No
Andhra Pradesh and Chittoor
Satyavedu Kadirivedu 8.00 Govt. Land Old: 93
(New: 93/4)
7.2 Objectives and Scope
Risk analysis has been carried out to identify the activities and materials considered
hazardous and to prepare the emergency and disaster management plan for the
hazards and risks anticipated from opencast mechanized mining activity for gravel.
The risk assessment involves hazard identification, hazard analysis followed by
disaster management plan for the identified hazards.
7.3 Mining Activity
The proponents obtained a mine lease over an area of 8.00 ha and it is proposed to
develop 7.072 ha initially in the lease scheme. The semi mechanized mining activity
project involves site clearance, construction of haulage road, excavation, loading and
transportation of mineral. The services required for the mining activity are
construction of office shed, restroom, toilets. The mine lease area is spread over a
hillock.
7.4 Hazard Identification
The following mine operations involve hazards and the same are listed as follows;
a. Clearance
Clearance covers all the activities associated with preparing a site ready for laying
out primary roads for working a face.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 7-2
It may include tree clearance, and removal of the top layers of earth. In the present
case the mining activity is on a hill top with low vegetation and very less top soil
removal. The primary hazards are being struck by falling trees use of power saws,
and dozers used in the removal of the top layers of soil and plants and dozer usage
to convey it to storage areas.
b. construction of services
The hazards prevalent during the construction of new roads and buildings are falls,
while working at heights and individuals being struck by moving vehicles. One of
the hazards to be assessed is earth moving vehicles such as bulldozers being driven
off the edge of roadways under construction. While all persons working at civil and
construction works are at high risk those working at height or working with cranes,
large earth moving plant will be at greater risk than those persons concerned with
surveying, setting out and conveying supplies to the primary workers or those
working at ground level. If suitable equipment is not used, for example if poor and
badly constructed scaffolding is used there is a much higher probability of persons
falling from heights or the scaffolding collapsing than if good properly constructed
scaffolding is used.
c. Drilling and Blasting
In this quarry, no drilling and blasting operations are required. In this mine we are
using only excavators.
d. Face stability
Face instability gives rise to gravel falls or slides. Face instability can arise due to
adverse geological faulting or poor work methods. Those at greatest risk will be face
workers engaged in loading material and driving vehicles.
e. Loading
The hazards related to loading activity in the proposed gravel mine are dozer
topping over due to uneven ground, fall of driver while gaining access to dozer
cabin, mechanical failure of dozers while loading.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 7-3
f. Transportation
The main hazards arising from the use of transportation and large earth moving
vehicles are incompetent drivers, brake failure, lack of all-around visibility from the
drivers position, access to the cab, vehicle movements particularly reversing, roll
over, vibration, noise, dust and maintenance. Those most at risk are the driver and
pedestrians likely to be struck by the vehicle, due to blind spots in the windshields
of vehicles.
7.5 Hazard Analysis
The identified hazards are compared with the accident records of non coal mining
activity as presented in Table 7.2. It may be noted that fall of sides followed by
dumpers, trucks etc. are the main reason for fatalities, while non transporting
machinery and fall of objects are the major cause for serious accidents in the mining
sector.
Table 7.2 Trend of Accidents in coal Mines - Cause Wise
Causes
Number of Fatal Accidents Number of Serious Accidents
2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019* 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019*
Fall of Roof 8 10 4 8 3 3 2 17 18 9 11 5 6 1
Fall of Sides 2 2 5 5 5 2 2 19 17 11 8 13 12 3
Other Ground movements
2 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
Winding in Shafts 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 3 5 3 0 1 13 2
Rope Haulage 3 1 3 5 5 12 1 42 33 28 26 13 14 7
Dumpers, Trucks etc
29 17 16 20 19 15 7 22 15 14 12 6 10 0
Other Transportation Machinery
1 1 0 3 2 1 1 9 2 4 7 2 5 0
Non-Transportation Machinery
12 15 11 8 10 10 9 27 25 18 17 10 18 20
Explosives 0 2 0 0 2 2 1 1 3 5 3 3 0 0
Electricity 7 2 4 2 2 5 3 2 3 3 6 6 4 3
Gas, Dust, Fire etc
0 1 0 4 1 2 0 0 2 1 0 0 0 0
Fall of Persons 8 2 4 5 2 3 5 135 129 105 87 59 66 25
Fall of Objects 3 2 2 2 2 0 1 88 59 46 43 40 34 16
Other Causes 2 3 5 3 3 5 12 91 68 54 48 25 15 10
Total 77 59 54 67 56 50 45 456 379 302 268 183 197 87
*Date for the year 2019 are provisional and date for 2019 are as per the report received upto 31.10.2019.
Source : Annual Report 2019-20, Ministry of Labour and Employment, Government of India.
7.6 Disaster Management
The mine lease area is located in Chittoor district of Andhra Pradesh which falls in
Zone II seismic zone considered to be which is considered as low Damage Risk Zone.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 7-4
The mine lease area does not fall under any of the flood plains, and is located on a
hillock. There is no record of flooding at ground level also.
The hazards identified in the preceding paragraphs are addressed and the mitigation
measures for reducing and or avoiding the hazards are presented in the following
paragraphs.
7.6.1 Clearance
There are no major trees in the proposed mine area, and the required activity
involves mainly clearing and grubbing only. It is proposed to use fully protected
power saws in case of their usage, and employees involved in clearing and grubbing
shall be provided with safety helmets, face shields, gloves, and boots.
7.6.2 Construction of Services
The risk of serious injury is high during construction of services, which may be
reduced by planned construction activity incorporating safety measures and
observation during construction.
Good well-maintained equipment and machinery is essential to reduce risk of
injuries.
Falling from heights which is a major contributor to accidents in mining sector may
be avoided by providing properly constructed scaffolding, built by experienced
persons. The drivers of earth moving equipment, transporting equipment and their
attendants are trained to provide signals. The lack of training and competence in the
use of such equipment is the biggest cause of failing and accidents involving the use
of excavators etc., and the same shall be reduced by recruiting experienced drivers
and also providing them frequent training.
7.6.3 Drilling
In this quarry, no drilling operations are required. In this mine we are using only
excavators.
7.6.4 Blasting
In this quarry, no blasting operations are required. In this mine we are using only
excavators.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 7-5
7.6.5 Failure of Pit Slope
Slope failures in mines are mostly associated with circular failure, a result of rock
mechanics, properties such as cohesion, angle of internal friction, joint/shear planes,
ground water flow conditions, rock density and the heights to be maintained. It is
hence proposed to provide benches with a slope angle of 300. Additionally, pit slope
failure is avoided by Regular examination of face and remedial measures to make it
safe if there is any doubt that a collapse may take place. Working is advanced in a
direction taken into account the geology such that face and quarry side remain
stable.
7.6.6 Transportation
Training of drivers in defensive driving incorporating usage of visual aids like rare
view mirrors, avoidance of driving along the edge of haulage road etc. will mitigate
the hazards. Proactive maintenance of vehicles will reduce the chance of brake
failure.
7.6.7 Magazine
In this quarry, no drilling and blasting operations are required. In this mine we are
using only excavators so the location of no magazine from habitation.
7.6.8 House Keeping
The pathways and walkways to the work place will be demarcated with regular
housekeeping to avoid tipping or toppling of men and material. Lack of maintenance
may lead to roadways and walkways being unsuitable for their use.
7.7 Disaster Management Plan (Terms of Reference No. 42)
The mining operation will be carried out under the direction of qualified mines
manager and supervisors, based on the guidelines and directions of Directorate
General of Mines Safety (DGMS) and Indian Bureau of Mines. Code of practice of
different operations will be formulated to ensure safety of men and machines and to
avoid various hazards mentioned above. Mine workers will be provided training on
safe work practices. The following natural/ industrial hazards may occur during
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 7-6
normal operation; slope failure at the mine faces; accident due to heavy equipment/
machinery.
In order to take care of above hazards/disasters, the following measures shall be
adopted; all safety precautions and provisions of Mine regulation 1961 are strictly
followed during all mining operations; checking and regular maintenance of garland
drains and earthen bunds to avoid any inflow of surface water into mining area;
entry of unauthorized persons shall be prohibited; fire fighting and first aid
provisions in the mines office and mining Area; provision of all the safety
appliances such as safety boots, helmets, goggles etc. would be made available to the
employees and regular check to ensure their use; training and refresher courses for
all the employees working in the hazardous premises; working of mine as per
approved plan, related amendments and other regulatory provisions; and
suppression of dust on the haulage roads by providing water sprinkling.
7.7.1 Objective of Disaster Management Plan
The objective of disaster management plan is to identify mitigation measures to
avoid hazards turning in to risk, the materials required for implementing the same,
the personnel requirement and their roles and responsibilities, and the
communication and operating procedures to be adopted in case of an emergency.
7.7.2 Communication System
The telephone numbers and addresses of mine sites in the vicinity, nearest fire
station, police station, local hospital, electricity department, ambulance, and local
public representatives and revenue officials shall be prepared and kept in custody of
mines manager.
7.7.3 Facilities
The office shed will have provision of a small rescue room and first aid centre to
provide first aid in the event of an emergency. The office shed will also function as
emergency control room. It will be provided with telephone and mobile phones,
and a vehicle for emergency transport.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 7-7
7.7.4 Personnel
The mines manager is responsible for overall supervision of the disaster
management plan. He will be assisted by supervisors, magazine in charge in
implementing the emergency management plan and procedures.
7.7.5 Operating Procedures
The operating procedures during emergencies are related communication to the
immediate supervisor, who would relay the same to mine manager. The mine
manager may assess the requirement of first aid, external assistance, transportation
to nearby hospital contingent on the emergency. In the absence of mines manager,
the senior most supervisor will be made responsible for disaster management.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 8-1
CHPATER 8.0 PROJECT BENEFITS
8.1 Introduction (Terms of Reference No. 43)
Sri K. Saravanan proposed to conduct open cast mining at Sy. No. 93/4 (Old
Survey No. 93), Kadirivedu Village, Satyavedu Mandal, Chittoor district, Andhra
Pradesh. The proposed mining activity involves a capital expenditure of Rs. 60
lakhs contributing to the local economy due to consumption of building
construction materials from the surrounding areas and usage of construction
labour from surrounding villages has a significant positive impact on the socio-
economic environment of the area.
The project shall ensure availability of Gravel for manufacturing of m sand and
civil works. The mining project may result in provision of local employment of 13
people. The project may also generate indirect employment and also transport
contracts to local people. The project may generate tax of approximately Rs. 10.8
lakhs to Government of Andhra Pradesh. The total salary bill annually is Rs. 15.6
lakhs, which would be spent within the local area, resulting in improved livelihood
opportunities and life style. The project envisages spending 2.0% of the capital cost
towards socio economic development of the neighbouring villages as part of
corporate environment responsibility. The programs shall be identified in
consultation with public representatives and revenue officials.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and Consultants 9-1
CHAPTER 9.0 ENVIRONMENT COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS
9.0 Introduction
As per EIA Notification S.O.1533, dt. 14.09.2006, the Chapter on the Environmental
Cost Benefit Analysis is applicable only if the same is recommended at the scoping
stage. As per the ToR points issued by SEIAA, Govt of Andhra Pradesh vide letter
no. SEIAA/AP/CTR/MIN/04/2020/1793-732, dt.08.12.2020 for the mining project
activity, the environmental cost benefit analysis and hence the same was not
conducted.
Sri K. Saravanan Environnent Management Plan
10-1 Team Labs and Consultants
CHAPTER 10.0 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
10.0 Introduction
This section discusses management plan for mitigation/abatement of adverse
environmental impacts and enhancement of beneficial impacts due to gravel. The
project activity involves mining Gravel mineral using opencast mechanized
method. The mining activity involves clearing and grubbing, construction of
haulage road, construction of site services, excavation and transport of mineral to
end users. These activities result in air emissions, increase in ambient air quality
levels, alteration of drainage pattern, sediment load from wind and water erosion,
storm water runoff, and dry deposition of pollutants, increase in noise and
vibration levels due to transport etc, as described in the previous chapters. The
EMP has been designed within the framework of various legislative and regulatory
requirements on environmental and socio-economic aspects. The management plan
is drawn in consultation with the registered qualified person who prepared the
mine plan and the project authorities.
10.1 Sources of Pollution and Control Measures
The sources of pollution of air and noise from the proposed activity mainly from
excavation loading and unloading of material and transportation of mineral.
10.2 Air Pollution and its Control
Ambient air quality management at ML area is critical in every stage of mining
activity, as airborne emissions are generated particularly during exploration,
development, construction, and operational activities, even though the baseline as
well as cumulative predicted concentrations are observed to be below the national
ambient air quality standards. The principal sources include exposed surfaces such
as stockpiles, haul roads and infrastructure resulting in fugitive dust, and to a
lesser extent, gases from combustion of fuels in stationary and mobile equipment
used for mining and for transporting the mineral. The following mitigation
measures are proposed to reduce airborne dust and emissions.
Sri K. Saravanan Environnent Management Plan
10-2 Team Labs and Consultants
The extraction of Gravel forming part of topsoil may result in dust raise, while
mining of gravel. Dust would be generated during mining and also during
handling and transportation of the material. The suggested control measures are:
water spraying at faces/sites, faces sites while loading and unloading to reduce
dust generation.
Water sprays will be provided for preventing dust pollution during handling and
stockpiling of gravel. It is proposed to take up loading, transfer, and discharge of
materials with a minimum height of fall, which is also avoided when it is windy.
Regular water spraying on haulage roads is proposed during transportation of
Gravel by water sprinklers.
All vehicles will be insisted on Pollution under control certification, and proactive
maintenance of the vehicles is adopted to ensure emission levels within the
prescribed standards.
10.3 Greening program
Even with various dust suppression measures in place, dust generated from mine
faces, fine dust produced during mining operations are difficult to control.
Therefore, in addition to the above mitigative measures, it is proposed to have a
green belt in and around the mine site loading and unloading facilities, and in
abandoned mine area during reclamation process. Width of the greenbelt will be
maintained at 7.5 m. Additionally, all the exposed soils and other erodible
materials will be revegetated or covered promptly, while all inactive areas shall be
revegetated.
10.4 Occupational Health and Safety Measures to Control Dust Inhalation
Despite the above-mentioned mitigation measures for preventing dust generation
and dispersion at site, the worker exposure to dust may lead to occupation health
and safety impacts among workers. Hence workers at dust generation
areas/activities like loading, unloading, are provided with dust masks. Dust
masks would prevent inhalation of particulate matter, thereby reducing risk of
lung diseases and other respiratory disorders. The workers shall have a medical
Sri K. Saravanan Environnent Management Plan
10-3 Team Labs and Consultants
checkup on employment and periodically monitored, to ascertain the impact of
dust and emissions on employee health if any. It is proposed to rotate the
employees in dust generating areas to reduce the duration of exposure.
10.5 Noise pollution and its control
Sources of noise emissions associated with mining may include noise from vehicle
engines, loading and unloading of mineral into dumpers and other sources related
to construction and mining activities. Additional examples of noise sources include
shovelling, ripping, transport on haulage roads, and stockpiling. The noise
generation may be for any instant, intermittent or continuous periods with varying
noise intensity. The ML area is located on a waste rocky hill. The ambient noise
levels were observed to be below the stipulated limits.
The equipment systems will include cabins to ensure that the operators and other
work persons, in and around the operating equipment, have comfortable
workstations. It is proposed to adopt following measures to ensure noise levels
within the permissible limits; Improved silencers, mufflers and closed noise
generating parts, Procurement of drill, loaders and dumpers and other equipment
with noise proof system in operator's cabin, in addition to periodic maintenance of
noise generating machinery including transport vehicles to maintain low noise
levels, location of site office and other infrastructure away from the noise sources
with the probability of sound waves being directed towards them being least and
provision of green belt to mitigate propagation of noise.
10.6 Occupational Health and Safety Measures to Control Exposure to Noise
It is also proposed to provide ear muffs and ear plugs to employees working near
noise generating sources, and rotation of employees to avoid continuous exposure
to high levels of noise.
10.7 Water Quality Management (Terms of Reference No. 26)
10.7.1 Water Resources Water Resources
The proposed mining activity is entire quarry lease area. The ground water level is
observed to be 25m below ground level (BGL) at a distance of 0.5 km away from
Sri K. Saravanan Environnent Management Plan
10-4 Team Labs and Consultants
mine lease area. Hence there will not be adverse effect on ground water due to
mining. The daily water requirement for the mine operations would be
approximately 4.0 KLD comprising of requirement for water sprinkling on mine
haulage roads etc consuming 2.0 KLD; green belt development water consumption
of about 1.4 KLD; and domestic water requirement of 0.6 KLD. The required water
is drawn from nearby Balakrishnapuram village/ storm water storage in worked
out pits. The wastewater generated from domestic usage in the order of 0.5 KLD
will be sent to septic tank followed by soak pit. The mineral proposed for mining
is gravel and is not known to have any toxic and is not soluble in water. Hence the
chance of acid drainage from this mine are ruled out, however the following
measures are proposed to be adopted to mitigate impact on water resources;
sinkholes, face collapse is avoided at these cracks and fissures, leak proof
containers shall be used to prevent surface water contamination by oil/grease, floor
of oil/grease handling area will be kept effectively impervious.
Erosion and sedimentation are also a major impact of mining activity as large area
of land is exposed and opened for mineral. The area exposed due to mining shall
be 7.072 ha in this project. Water erosion may be caused due to impact of rain
drops (splash erosion), by concentrated flow forming rills, gullies or by sheet flows.
Water erosion may result in sediment entering first order streams on site, and third
order streams away from the site, impacting aquatic life and clogging of water
ways. It is proposed to provide garland drains with rip rap at the discharge point
to avoid sediment joining streams outside the ML area. Garland drainage location
presented in Figure 10.1.
Sri K. Saravanan Environnent Management Plan
10-5 Team Labs and Consultants
Figure 10.1 Garland drainage
10.7.2 Rain water Harvesting Plan
The rainwater of the working area will be collected at worked out area bottom
during rainy seasons and it will be percolated through the joints or bedding plains.
Due to percolation of rainwater from pit bottom, the ground water will get
recharged.
10.8 Soil Conservation Measures
The applied area is barren land. Soil in the area is hard and unfertile, therefore,
growth of trees and plants is uncertain and not satisfactory. Hence there are no
major trees in the area. Top soil, if any will be stacked at earmarked dump site
with adequate measures to avoid erosion and the same will be used for reclamation
and rehabilitation of the mined-out areas. To prevent soil erosion and wash-off of
dump-fines from freshly excavated benches and dumps following measures shall
be adopted; garland drains will be provided around the mine wherever required
Sri K. Saravanan Environnent Management Plan
10-6 Team Labs and Consultants
to arrest any soil from the mine area being carried away by rain water, toe drains
with suitable baffles will be provided all along the toe of the soil dumps to arrest
any soil from the dump slopes being carried away by the rain water, loose material
slopes will be covered by mulch by making contour trenches at 2 m interval to
check soil erosion both due to wind and rain.
10.9 Afforestation / Greenbelt Plan
Density and width of greenbelt determine mitigation efficiency. Scattered and
isolated trees will not form a greenbelt. Similarly, lawns and few ornamental herbs
and shrubs are not going to make a greenbelt. Ideally, a green belt is a thick
plantation of at least 7.5 m width on all sides of mining pit. The density of trees
will be maintained at least 1500 trees per hectare in 3 m x 3 m or 2m x 2m spacing
in an area of 0.919 ha with 1500 trees.
Design and development of a greenbelt
It is the job of a specialist such as a botanist or horticulturist or sylviculturist or an
experienced farmer and a committed gardener. The primary consideration in the
design and development of the greenbelt is the choice of plant species. It depends
on suitability of soil, climate, and availability of water, extent of land available,
nature of pollutants; its atmospheric emissions and other local circumstances such
as the availability of planting stock.
In the present case, all the natural shrubs growing in the area where no mining is
going to be undertaken shall be allowed to grow. Their growth shall be enhanced
by aided natural regeneration which includes singling and digging of semilunar
trenches at a distance of about 50 cm to 100 cm for trapping water and soil. Large
gaps will be filled by sowing scarified and pelletized (with dung) seeds of the local
shrubs.
Stem cuttings of Konda Vepa (Chukrasiatabularis) of about 1.5 to 2 m length and 10
to 20 Cm girth will be planted very closely in a rooting mixture of soil, sand and
organic manure. The distal cut ends will be covered with wet dung as caps. These
Sri K. Saravanan Environnent Management Plan
10-7 Team Labs and Consultants
cuttings shall be watered and allowed to produce roots and new shoots. Rooted
stem cuttings shall be transplanted in a couple of rows on the bunds of the garland
drains and watered till they establish firmly. This is the cheapest, easiest and
fastest way to develop thick greenery in a dry area like this. This is also the most
common local practice and locals are familiar with the process. It also provides
employment to the locals.
As a matter of regular practice, it is suggested that thick rows of plants should be
grown all along and around the boundary of the proposed mine lease area. Thus,
depending on the local circumstances either greenbelt on all sides or block
plantations within the proposed project site will be taken up and the top soil
present as overburden will be used for reclamation of the areas meant for
plantations. Based on suitability, desirability and adaptability, a short list of plants
is chosen for greenbelt, avenue and block plantations and presented. The list of
plants identified for green belt based on CPCB guidelines for green belt
development is presented in Table 10.1.
Table 10.1 List of plants identified for greenbelt and restoration of mine pits
Botanical name Local name Importance
Acacia nilotica Nallathumma Multipurpose
Achras sapota Sapota Edible fruits
Aegle marmelos Velaga Edible fruits & Medicinal
Ailanthus excelsa Peddamaanu Tree borne oil
Albizialebbeck Dirisana Shade, timber and scented flowers
Azadirachtaindica Vepa or Neem Neem oil & neem products
Cassia fistula Rela Ornamental and bark is a source of tannin
Cassia siamea Seema Tangedu Ornamental tree
Chukrasiatabularis Konda vepa Fast growth; thick canopy and propagation from cuttings
Dalbergia sissoo Sissoo Timber
Dendrocalamusstrictus Bamboo Mainly as soil binder and bamboo
Ficusbenghalensis Marri Shade and a source of food for birds
Ficus religiosa Raavi Shade and a source of food forbirds
Gmelina arborea Gummaditeku Timber
Grevilearobusta Silver oak Avenue tree
Holopteliaintegrifolia Nemalinaara Fibre and timber
Sri K. Saravanan Environnent Management Plan
10-8 Team Labs and Consultants
Botanical name Local name Importance
Leucaena leucocephala Subabul Fodder and pulp wood
Mangiferaindica Mango Edible fruit
Mimosopselengii Pogada Shade and edible fruit
Muntingiacalabura Singapore cherry Shade and edible fruit
Peltaphorumpterocarpum Konda Chinta Shade
Phoenix sylvestris Eetha Soils binder & fruit
Pithecellobium dulce Seema chinta Aril of the fruit is edible
Pongamiapinnata Gaanuga Source of biodiesel
Polyalthia pendula Ashoka Majestic tree with drooping branches
Polyalthialongifolia Ashoka Avenue tree
Psidium guajava Jaama Edible fruit
Samaneasaman Nidrabhangi Shade, timber and fodder.
Sapindusemarginatus Kunkudu Soap nut tree
Spathodeacompanulata Flame of the forest Ornamental avenue tree
Syzygiumcumini Neredu Edible fruits
Tamarindusindica Chinta Tamarind fruit and leaf
Tectonagrandis Teak Timber
Terminalia arjuna Nallamaddi Timber and shade tree
Terminalia catappa Baadam Edible nuts
Ziziphushorrida Regu Edible fruit
10.10 Waste Management
During this plan period, total rock mass of gravel 908249 Tons will be generated no
waste will be generated during the quarrying and the entire material will be used.
10.11 Environmental Management System (EMS)
The mine authority will adopt environmental management system (EMS) which
will assist mine management to meet both current and future environmental
requirements and challenges. EMS will provide a structural view and control of the
organization’s environmental performance that will be applied from planning and
exploration to mine closure.
The following components are being taken to establish an EMS; Organizational
Commitment, Environmental Policy, Environmental Impact Assessment,
Objectives and Targets, Environmental Management Plan (EMP), Documentation,
Responsibilities and Reporting Structure, Training, Environmental Review Audits
and Emission and performance monitoring.
Sri K. Saravanan Environnent Management Plan
10-9 Team Labs and Consultants
The mine management will follow a comprehensive and systematic health and
safety function which involves all personnel seeking to identify hazards and
assessing risk to prevent and eliminate all accidents/injuries. The mine
management will prepare a detailed reclamation and mine closure plan of mine
operation prior to commencement of the mine operation.
10.12 Environment Policy
In order to protect environment and for sustainable development, an
Environmental Policy will be adopted by Lessee as follows:
Objective
The Environmental Policy is framed specifically to fulfill the following objectives:
• Create a work environment which enhances/motivates production and
productivity.
• Encourage safe and scientific mining and other engineering practices.
• Promoting awareness amongst employees and neighborhood population for
adopting environmentally acceptable procedures and restricting environmental
degradation and pollution to the barest minimum.
• To achieve Communal harmony and peace amongst employees and the local
villagers for heading fast towards "sustainable development".
• Restoration of post mining land use to pre-mining status, to the extent possible.
• Prevent pollution in its activities associated with mining.
• Continually improve environmental performance and comply with
environmental legislations and regulations.
• Conserving energy and other resources through optimum utilization and waste
minimization. Reducing waste and fugitive pollutants emissions though
extensive mitigation measures.
Sri K. Saravanan Environnent Management Plan
10-10 Team Labs and Consultants
• Training and involving employees for development of Clean and Green
Environment.
• Evaluate environmental performance through periodic reviews and audits to
ensure that conduct of the organization is consistent with these principles.
Responsibility
The mines manager is responsible for maintaining ecological balance by adequate
environmental protection and environment improvement works is entrusted to the
Mines Manager of the project. In the event of observation of non-compliance by
any employee, the same is informed to mine manager and the lessee. These two
will identify the cause and implement the mitigation measures or engineering
controls or work practices required. The Lessee will monitor the environmental
performance and guide the manager and employees for maintaining good
environmental practices and to adopt newer, safe and cleaner technologies.
10.13 Socio- Economic Development
The project provides an opportunity for the local people to get employment
directly or indirectly and helps in enhancing socioeconomic status of the area. The
proposed activity generates employment to 13 people, and all the semiskilled and
unskilled jobs will be provided to the local villagers. The management commits to
involve in socioeconomic developmental activities in the surrounding community,
in consultation with local stake holders, public representatives and revenue
authorities. Many of the beneficiaries of such programs will include own
employees as well. The goodwill of the local populace can never be ignored. The
channels employed may vary either through direct contact or by means of local
organizations. Another important facet of social environment identified by the
project proponents is a green appearance; hence the management will develop a
green belt towards aesthetic beautification as the same is necessary to be
considered as a responsible, social neighbor. The development of the basic
amenities viz. roads, transportation, electricity, drinking water, proper sanitation,
educational institutions, medical facilities, entertainment, etc. will be assisted by
Sri K. Saravanan Environnent Management Plan
10-11 Team Labs and Consultants
the management.
10.14 Corporate Environmental Responsibility Action Plan
An amount of Rs. 1.2 lakhs were earmarked for corporate environmental
responsibility Action Plan, to be spent over a period of five years for the proposed
project. The social development programs are identified in consultation with local
authorities and district administration. The activities identified for social
development in the neighboring area, cost estimate is presented in Table 10.1. The
schedule for implementation of these activities is a maximum of five years and the
six-monthly compliance report to be submitted to the MoEFCC may show the scale
of completion of CER activities.
Table 10.1 CER Plan and Budget for 5 years
Particular Unit Total, Rs.
Installation of solar street lamps 5000 per lamp 50000
Supply of saplings for tree plantation (Agroforestry) 100 Per Plant@ 5000 40000
Construct shed, sitting arrangements and a bore well in the premises of Cremation ground in village
Lump Sum 30000
Total 120000
10.15 Environment Management Cell
A Cell for Environmental Management within Mine lease area at the project level,
will take the overall responsibility for co-ordination of the actions required for
environmental management and mitigation, and for monitoring the progress of the
proposed management plans and actions to be taken for the project. The Cell will
be under the overall supervision of the Mine Manager, and responsible for
monitoring of the implementation of the various actions which are to be executed
by the mine manager and his assistants. The Cell will be headed by Mine Manager
and the other members of the cell that will include a part time Horticulturist.
The environment management cell is responsible for overseeing; Collection of
water and air samples within and outside the work zone; implementation of the
Sri K. Saravanan Environnent Management Plan
10-12 Team Labs and Consultants
control and protective measures; land reclamation and vegetation; co-ordination of
the environment related activities; collection of the statistics of health of workers;
green belt development; implementing safety programmes; and monitoring
progress of implementation of EMP.
Post Project Monitoring
The survey of post project monitoring comprises of the following monitoring
aspects;
a. Ambient air quality survey
b. Noise Level Monitoring
c. Water quality monitoring
Ambient air quality and noise level Monitoring will be carried out at minimum
two stations, one station within mine site other nearby residential areas outside the
mine. Parameters like particulate matter, sulphur dioxide, oxides of nitrogen
carbon monoxide and lead will be monitored in case of ambient air quality. Water
quality monitoring will be carried out in the mine working area, sump and nearby
village. The frequency of monitoring is preferably once in three months on 24 hour
basis. The samples will be collected in accordance with the procedures given by
CPCB.
10.16 Other Management Aspects
Records will be maintained for the analysis of ambient air quality, noise levels and
water quality. These records are not only required for the perusal of the statutory
authorities. The management will maintain the records as per the hazardous waste
regulations and EPA regulations and apply for the annual consents for air and
water, and renewal of authorization for the storage of hazardous waste as per the
Hazardous Waste (Handling & Management) Rules, 1989. The records of
hazardous waste manifest will be maintained. The mine shall obtain the consent
for establishment (CFE) and consent for operation (CFO) from State Pollution
Control Board as required under section 25/26 of the Water act, 1974 and under
section 21/22 of Air Act, 1981, before commissioning and production from the
Sri K. Saravanan Environnent Management Plan
10-13 Team Labs and Consultants
Pollution Control Board as directed by the Hon’ble Supreme Court of India. The
CFO will be renewed each year by the management in consultation with SPCB. The
mine will submit environmental statement every year before September 30. The
management ensures that it will comply with all the directions and regulations
issued by the Ministry of environment, forests and climate change, New Delhi,
State and Central Pollution Control Boards. The Consent for Establishment,
Consent for Operation will be displayed in a conspicuous location for the
information of the inspecting authorities of different departments and all stake
holders.
10.17 Occupational Health and Protective Measures (Terms of Reference No. 8,
35)
All the employees will have a medical checkup on recruitment apart from periodic
checkup. All the workers will be provided with gum shoe, and helmets. Workers
near noise generating sources are provided with ear muffs, and workers near dust
generating sources are provided with dust masks. Green belt in and around mining
area will be developed to attenuate noise and dust impact.
Drinking water to employees will be provided by the project authority. The
standard of the drinking water will be as per IS 10500: 2012. Pre placement
medical checkup shall be done and regular health checkup in is planned for all the
mine workers. The frequency of health monitoring is presented in Table 10.3.
Barbed Wire fencing will be provided to avoid undo incidents for cattle and human
for protection of mine and mined-out pits. A safety pit will be excavated with 1.5m
and 1m depth to avoid the trespassing of the human and cattle/wild life into the
lease hold area. The pit slope will be maintained @ 23o in order to protect humans
and cattle/wild life protection. Watchman will be engaged when the mine is
temporarily discontinued. A regular monitoring of the Occupational Health and
Safety will reduce the chances of accidents in the mine. Records of job-related
accidents and illness will be maintained which will be reviewed and evaluated to
improve the effectiveness of Environmental Health and Safety program.
Sri K. Saravanan Environnent Management Plan
10-14 Team Labs and Consultants
Table 10.3 Frequency of Health Monitoring
Occupation Type of evaluation Pre-placement
Frequency
Mining area Chest X-ray, spirometry and vision testing, Far & Near Vision; Colour Vision; and Hearing tests
I. At the time of Recruitment II. Every 5 years to age <30; every 4 years to age 31 – 40; and every 2 years to age 41-50; Once a year above 50 years.
Noise prone areas Audiometry Annually
10.18 Cost proposed for Environmental Protection Measures
The overall investment on the environmental safeguards and measuring for
successful monitoring and implementation of control measures is presented in
Table 10.4. The capital cost for environmental management is Rs.6.41 Lakhs and
annual recurring cost is Rs.3.40 Lakhs.
Table 1.4 Environment Management - Cost Estimate, Rs
S. No.
Description Item Capital
cost Recurring
cost Remarks
1 Air
pollution
Nose masks 24000 18000
Once a week. Replaceable, and cost may increase with time
Road wetting 98700 51700
Water tanker cost @ one tankers per day for 300 days
Plantation
159300 55700
Re-plant the non-surviving plants, watering and protection from animals
Sub Total 282000 125400
2 Water
pollution
Construction of garland drains
70560 35280 Once only for the lease period/life of mine
De-silting operations 69440 32240
Yearly and manual operations
Sub Total 140000 67520
3 Noise
pollution
Maintenance of machinery suitably
120000 66000 Included in main cost
PPE's like Ear muffs 20000 12000 Once in six months
Sub Total 140000 78000
4 Occupa-
tional Safety First aid kits and Fire extinguishers
9000 3000 Once in year, replace by conducting periodical
Sri K. Saravanan Environnent Management Plan
10-15 Team Labs and Consultants
and Health
checkup
PPE's to all employees
38400 19200
Safety shoe twice in a year, helmets once in three years and hand gloves thrice in a year
Training and awareness programs on risk factors during emergencies by the experts
12000 6000
Once in six months and create sign boards about the risk and safety precautions regularly
Periodical medical checkup and supply of medicines
20000 12500 Once in a year and supply of medicines for every three months
Sub Total 79400 40700
5
Environ-mental monit- oring
Ambient air quality studies - Once in six months - 2 locations
- 13600
Will be done through MoEF&CC/NABL
recognized laboratories
Water quality studies - Once a year - 2 Locations
- 3000
Noise studies - Once in six months - 2 Locations
- 4400
Vibration studies - Once in year - 1 locations
- 7800
Sub Total - 28800
Grand Total 641400 340400
10.20 Environmental Management for the Cluster
The management measures mentioned in the previous paragraphs with respect to
air, noise, water, solid waste, occupational health and greenbelt are generically,
applicable to all the mine leases in the cluster. The generic measures are presented
in Table 10.5. Additionally, the following measures shall be adopted to mitigate the
cumulative impacts; Strengthening of common haulage roads, mining activity
during day time to reduce noise, mineral dispatch on mutual consultation to avoid
traffic congestion, pooling of CER fund to avoid duplication of CER activity,
adoption of water conservation measures and water harvesting measures in
common properties of the surrounding villages after mutual consultation to
compensate the water usage from common properties, plantation along connecting
Sri K. Saravanan Environnent Management Plan
10-16 Team Labs and Consultants
roads, drainage management and planning to avoid the sediment load and to avoid
over flow of storm water into the connecting drains, mutual support in case of any
emergency.
Table 10.5 Generic Environment Management Measures
Project Stage
Project Activity Potential
Environmental Impacts
Proposed Mitigation Measure
Pre mining Stage /
Construction
stage
Site clearing, Habitat disturbance NA
Road Formation
Any Change in land use (Disturb active mine area, and dump area)
Worked out pits are backfilled with mine waste after completion of working and waste dumps will be stabilized by developing plants
Modification of drainage pattern
No major drain in the active mine area, provision of garland drains.
Emissions from equipment and fugitive dust
Proactive maintenance of vehicles and PUC Certification. Clearing of bushes is manual.
Noise from equipment
Nil in the light of above point and Activity is during day time only. Periodical maintenance of equipment.
Production stage
Top soil removal
Loss of productive soil, fugitive dust
Top soil is used for greenery purpose
Overburden removal
Habitat disturbance Nil
Erosion and Sedimentation from dumps and during removal
Terracing of waste dump, construction of garland drains and retaining wall.
Water sprinkling on dumps with sprinklers.
Emissions from equipment and fugitive dust
Proactive maintenance of equipment’s and PUC for vehicles
Production Stage
Dozing, Loading and Unloading
Dust generation
Negligible. Operator’s cabins air tight with ventilation circulation. Water sprinkling on surface before loading and unloading.
Noise Provision of PPE and activity during day time
Transportation
Dust generation Water sprinkling on haulage roads, transportation through covered trucks and avoidance of over load.
Noise Proactive maintenance of vehicles, and engine idling. Provision of PPE to
Sri K. Saravanan Environnent Management Plan
10-17 Team Labs and Consultants
Project Stage
Project Activity Potential
Environmental Impacts
Proposed Mitigation Measure
operators.
Any other factors Nil
Mineral storage
Erosion and sedimentation of dumps
Water sprinkling
Dust can harm health of workers
Only contingency (spot/ unexpected) measures possible, retaining wall will be constructed.
Workers on waste dump will be provided with nose-masks.
Production stage
Site Infrastructure: Office, Sanitation, Domestic Water
Generation of wastewater and solid waste.
Provision of septic tank followed by soak pit.
Mine Closure
Removal, Back filling and sealing
Contamination of ground and surface water, Emissions from equipment and transport
No contamination of groundwater is envisaged as the bottom is impervious. Water gets stored and reused for dust suppression.
Removal of structures
Spills, Visual impact, Health and safety of workers
Spreading soil cover and plantation, provision of PPE.
Danger due to inadvertent entry
Animals or person may accidentally enter the closed pit and fall down
Signage and Fencing will be provided.
A guard will be posted all the time.
Table 10.6 Cluster EMP Cost estimation
Description Capital Cost, Rs
Recurring, RS
Remarks
Road wetting 38100 180000 Water tanker cost
Plantation on road side - 3m interval and plus maintenance
105500 79500 Re-plant the non-surviving plants, watering and protection from animals
Salary 100000 salary per one year
Road Development 200000 50000 Sign Boards and repairing
Air Monitoring - 100000
Will be done through MoEF&CC/ NABL recognized laboratories
Total 343600 509500
Sri K. Saravanan Summary and conclusion
11 - 1 Team Labs and Consultants
Chapter 11.0 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION
11.1 Introduction
Sri K. Saravanan obtained a mine lease to extract Gravel in an area of 8.00 ha using
mechanized opencast mining at Sy. No. 93/4 (Old Survey No. 93), Kadirivedu
Village, Satyavedu Mandal, Chittoor district, Andhra Pradesh. Gravel is considered
as minor mineral and is mainly used for construction projects and formation of
roads.
In principle of application of quarry lease notice issued by the Deputy Director of
Mines and Geology, Chittoor vide letter No. 927/Q1/2011, dt. 17.01.2020 for a
period of 5 years. Terms of reference for preparing the EIA report as part of
obtaining prior environmental clearance obtained vide Letter No. SEIAA/AP/CTR
/MIN/04/2020/1793-732, dt.08.12.2020. Mining plan was approved by Deputy
Director of Mines and Geology, Chittoor vide letter no. 288/MP-CTR/2020,
dt.11.03.2020 for a production capacity of Gravel @181651 TPA. Capital cost for the
proposed mining project is Rs. 60 lakhs.
The Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEFCC), Government
of India (GOI) issued notifications vide SO 1533, dt. 14.9.2006, its amendments
based on the directions issued by National Green Tribunal (NGT), New Delhi vide
O. A. No. 16 of 2016, dt.13.09.2018 and vide E.A.NO 55/2018 of O. A. No. 520/2016,
dt. 11.12.2018 on Moefcc notification S.O.2269 (E), dt.01.07.2016 and S.O.3977 (E),
dt.14.08.2018 and Office Memorandum dt.12.12.2018 issued in compliance with the
hon’ble NGT orders, New Delhi, which mandate prior environmental clearance for
all mining leases across the country. The notification and its amendments based on
NGT directions, classify mine lease areas of 5 - 25 ha as category B2 at par with B1,
and stipulate a three-stage process of scoping, public consultation and appraisal by
State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA) to issue prior
environmental clearance. Accordingly scoping for preparation of environmental
impact assessment (EIA) was done by the state expert appraisal committee (SEAC),
which issued terms of reference vide Letter No. SEIAA/AP/CTR/MIN/04/2020/
1793 - 732, dt.08.12.2020 for a production capacity of production of development
Sri K. Saravanan Summary and conclusion
11 - 2 Team Labs and Consultants
Gravel @ 181651 TPA in an area of 8.00 ha. Accordingly, the present study follows
the prescribed ToR’s and draft EIA/EMP report for public consultation, to facilitate
informed view on the project by public/stakeholders for the lease area.
M/s Team Labs and Consultants prepared Environmental Impact Assessment
Report for the proposed activity. The report is prepared using baseline data of
environmental status within 10 km radius of the mine lease area for major
environmental components; water, air, noise, soil, flora, fauna and socio-economic
environment for one season, and the proposed measures to be adopted for
mitigating and controlling pollution.
11.2 Mine Location
The Sailentfeatures of the mine lease location are presented in Table below.
Sailentfeatures of the mine lease location
Particulars Details
Name of the Project (s) Fully mechanized opencast method quarry for Gravel mine production@ 181651 TPA in an area of 8.0 ha by Sri K. Saravanan
Name of the applicant Sri K. Saravanan
Location of the Project Survey No. 93/4 (Old Survey No. 93), Kadirivedu village, Satyavedu mandal, Chittoor district, Andhra Pradesh.
Project / Activity 1(a)
Category (A/B1/B2) B1
New / Expansion / Modernization New Project
Product Gravel @ 181651 TPA
Capital Cost, 60 lakhs
Legal Status of the Company Private
Ownership / Occupancy Private
Land Use Pattern (Forest, Agricultural, Grazing, Barren etc.) Govt. land – 8.0 ha
Latitudes (North) 13°22'55.3355"– 13°23'03.75486"
Longitudes (East) 79°56'55.33568"– 79°57'11.2269"
Survey of India sheet No 57 O/15
Elevation above Mean Sea Level,m 48 m
Seismic zone Seismic Zone: III as per IS: 1893 (part -1): 2002 and can be classified as Least Active seismic Zone
Site surroundings North : Connecting road
Sri K. Saravanan Summary and conclusion
11 - 3 Team Labs and Consultants
Particulars Details
East : Open land
West : Open land
South : Open land
Nearest Village Balakrishnapuram village – 1.3 km – NE direction
Accessibility to site Road connecting – North direction
Road access Satyavedu to Tiruvallur road – 3.0 km - W direction
Nearest Town Chennai – 45 km – SE direction
District Head quarters Chittoor – 93 km – West direction
Nearest Railway station Gummidipundi – 18.6 km – NE direction
Nearest airport Chennai Airport – 49 km – SE direction
Nearest Port Chennai Port – 48 km – SE direction
Major Industries (Within 10 km radius) Nil within 10 km
Water Bodies in buffer area Arani River - 7.8 km - SW direction, Telugu Ganga Canal - 1.8 km - SW direction.
the Project / Activity attracts the provisions of CRZ Not Applicable
Reserve Forest
Ambakkam RF - 3.3 km – West, Palavakkam RF - 2.2 km - SW, Senjiyagaram RF - 4.6 km – SW, Manali RF - 8.3 km – SE, Panchali RF - 5.2 km – NE, Sirivedu RF - 4.2 km – NE, Nemaluru RF - 5.6 km – NE, Nandanam RF - 7.1 km – SW, Rajugunta RF - 8.6 km - NW.
Archaeological/ Historical/ Ancient Monuments Nil within 10 km
Inter-state boundary and international boundary
Andhra Pradesh and Tamil Nadu - adjacent from south side
Protected Areas notified under the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 Nil within 10 km
Eco-sensitive areas as notified under section 3 of the E (P) Act, 1986 Nil within 10 km
Critically polluted areas as identified by the Central Pollution Control Board from time to time, Nil within 10 km
11.3 Proposed Method of Mining
The Gravel in the quarry lease area is exposed on the surface. Hence, it is proposed
to quarry the sheet by open cast mechanized method of mining. Drilling and
Sri K. Saravanan Summary and conclusion
11 - 4 Team Labs and Consultants
blasting is not required for the excavation of the gravel is scooped with an
excavator.
11.3.1 Development and Production
The mining operations will be initiated entire of quarry lease area and the mining
during first, second, third, fourth and fifth years. During this plan period, total rock
mass of gravel 908249 Tons will be generated no waste will be generated in this
mine.
11.4 Conceptual Plan
The mining operations will follow mechanized open cast method. The entire
reserves estimated under proved, probable and possible categories are exploitable
except mineral blocked in 7.5 m buffer zone all along lease boundary as per
statutory requirement. The Gravel total reserves estimated are 908250 tons based
on the mine scheme. Therefore, the targeted 181651 Tons of gravel the anticipated
life of the mine is considered as 5 years. Since it is a mechanized open cast mine the
impact is less, the land degradation is limited to the extent of open cast benches
and haulage roads.
11.5 Employment Potential
The manpower requirement is 13 for various skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled
jobs headed by a mine’s manager.
11.6 Site Services
The Site services provided are temporary office, rest rooms, first aid room, water
for drinking in the mine lease area. Temporary sheds with cement plastered brick
walls and G.I. sheet or grass roofing are constructed for site services. The workers
required shall be sourced from surrounding villages. Drinking water is obtained
from nearby villages through tankers to mining staff and workers. A tractor
mounted tanker is provided for sprinkling of water mainly on village roads to
suppress the dust generated due to vehicular movement. Fencing is also provided
Sri K. Saravanan Summary and conclusion
11 - 5 Team Labs and Consultants
around working area to avoid accidental slippage of men and animals, while
worked out areas are used as reservoir for storage of rain water.
11.7 Water Requirement and Effluent Generation
The total water requirement is 4.0 KLD. Water requirement for the proposed
activity is mainly for maintaining the green belt (1.4 KLD), for sprinkling on the
haul roads (2.0 KLD) to mitigate dust emissions and for domestic purposes (0.6
KLD). Stagnated water in worked out area is used for sprinkling and green belt
development. The domestic water will be drawn from Balakrishnapuram village.
The generation of wastewater is from domestic source only; it is expected to be
approximately 0.5 KLD, which is sent to septic tank followed by soak pit.
11.8 Waste Generation and management
No waste will be generated during the quarrying and the entire material will be
used. Garland drains and siltation ponds will be provided in the mine lease area
and regularly cleaning.
11.9 Baseline Environmental Status
The baseline data for ambient air quality, surface and ground water quality, noise,
and soil quality was collected and analyzed for various parameters to determine
the existing quality and flora and fauna study of the impact area was conducted
during period of October 2020 – December 2020. The ambient air quality
monitoring results shows that the values are within the prescribed limits of
national ambient air quality standards. ground water sample analysis results show
that the values are above the limits for total dissolved solids, total hardness, most
of the locations compared to Indian Standard Drinking Water Specification of IS:
10500-2012. Noise quality parameters in the study area are within prescribed limits
of Ambient Noise Standards. There is no schedule I flora or fauna within the
impact area.
11.9.1 Identification and Quantification of Impacts
The project activities that are likely to cause potential impacts on environment are
Sri K. Saravanan Summary and conclusion
11 - 6 Team Labs and Consultants
mining operations, transport and associated infrastructure. Mining operations
involve development of benches, haul roads, excavation, handling and
transportation of mineral and waste materials. The likely effects of these activities
are land degradation, fugitive dust generation, noise and vibration levels, increased
run-off during monsoon and human health risks.
ISCST3 model was used for air quality impact predictions. The predicted
maximum 24 hourly GLC’s for the cluster were used to predict the ground level
concentrations, and the maximum predicted values of PM, PM10 and PM2.5 are 0.14,
0.05 and 0.05 g/m3 respectively and the maximum values are observed within the
site. The cumulative values (baseline and predicted) are found to be within the
prescribed standards of national ambient air quality.
11.10 Environment Management Plan
The management plan is drawn in consultation with the project proponent, mining
engineer and geologist after evaluating various methods for mitigation and control
of pollution. The environment management plan is drawn to address the impacts
monitored, identified and predicted for the present project and the cluster in which
the present project falls in. The environment management plan addresses the
impacts identified.
11.10.1 Dust Emissions
Dust will be generated during mining and also during handling and transportation
of the material. Haulage of gravel within lease area will lead to emissions of
fugitive dust in the mining area. It is proposed to provide water sprinkling in haul
roads to reduce the fugitive dust emissions. Tractor mounted sprinkler will be
deployed.
11.10.2 Noise Pollution Control
Major noise sources during operation are mine machineries, equipment and
vehicular movement. The following measures will be adopted to reduce noise
levels; improved silencers, mufflers and closed noise generating parts, regular and
periodic maintenance of noise generating machinery including transport vehicles,
Sri K. Saravanan Summary and conclusion
11 - 7 Team Labs and Consultants
location of site office and other infrastructures away from the noise sources.
Personal protective equipment like earmuffs, earplugs. Canal caps will be provided
to workers involved in work closer to noise generating sources. The exposure to
noise levels is also mitigated by adopting employee rotation.
11.10.3 Water Resources and Waste Water Generation
The daily water requirement for the mine operations would be approximately 4.0
KLD comprising of requirement for water sprinkling on mine haulage roads etc.
The other major impact anticipated from mining activity is erosion and
sedimentation, as large area of land is exposed to erosion. The area exposed due to
mining shall be 7.072 ha in this project. It is proposed to provide garland drains
with rip rap at the discharge point to avoid sediment joining streams outside the
ML area.
11.10.4 Land Management
Land degradation is one of the major adverse impacts of opencast mining in the
form of excavated voids. During plan period about 7.072 ha area will be occupied
by pit and plantation will cover 0.919 ha. Other temporary constructions are
dismantled after completion of mine workings.
11.10.5 Socio-Economic Environment
There are no settlements in the ML area. Hence no rehabilitation and resettlement
(R&R) is required. The mining activity will improve the economic status of the
people surrounding the mine lease area. The proposed project generates
employment to 13 people, and all the semiskilled and unskilled jobs will be
provided to the local villagers. Apart from employment, the state government and
village panchayath will get royalty due to mining.
11.10.6 Green Belt
Greenbelt is proposed as an additional mitigation measure for dust control in
addition to water sprinkling. It is proposed to have dense green belt in and
around the mine site, loading and unloading facilities, and in abandoned mine area
during reclamation process. About 0.919 ha (1500 trees) area will be planted
Sri K. Saravanan Summary and conclusion
11 - 8 Team Labs and Consultants
during in five years. Precautionary measures like regular watering, providing
manure and fencing will be taken up to achieve 90% of survival rate of plantation.
11.10.7 Transportation
The required truck trips for transporting the mineral from this mine lease shall be
in the order of 30/day. Currently the Mine lease area is connected to Satyavedu to
Tiruvallur road by a cart truck road. Satyavedu to Tiruvallur road is a 2-lane road.
11.10.8 Occupational Health and Safety Measures
Protective equipment will be provided to the employees such as safety shoes,
helmets and dust masks. Dust masks would be provided for the safety of workers
at site, engaged at dust generation points like drills, loading and unloading points,
etc. Dust masks would prevent inhalation of particulate matter thereby reducing
the risk of lung diseases and other respiratory disorders. Regular health monitoring
of workers will be carried out. The health impact due to dust shall be addressed by
rotation of employees from dust generating jobs after periodic health monitoring.
11.11 Environmental Monitoring Program
The monitoring program consists of collection and analysis of air, soil, noise and
surface and ground water samples. Environmental monitoring shall be conducted
on quarterly basis to assess the pollution level in the ML area and in the
surrounding areas as well. An Environment Management Cell shall be established
to look after all the environment related activities. This cell will be headed by the
Mines Manger. The Cell is responsible for all the environmental management
activities including environmental monitoring, greenbelt development and to
ensure statutory compliance with the regulatory authorities. The total capital
expenditure envisaged for environmental monitoring is Rs.1.56 lakhs.
11.12 Environment management Plan
The management measures mentioned in the previous paragraphs with respect to
air, noise and vibration, water, solid waste, occupational health and greenbelt are
generically, applicable to all the mine leases in the cluster. Additionally, the
following measures shall be adopted to mitigate the cumulative impacts;
Strengthening of common haulage roads, mining activity during day time to
Sri K. Saravanan Summary and conclusion
11 - 9 Team Labs and Consultants
reduce noise and vibration impact, blasting activity to be conducted at designated
times decided on mutual consultation, mineral dispatch on mutual consultation to
avoid traffic congestion, pooling of CER fund to avoid duplication of CER activity,
adoption of water conservation measures and water harvesting measures in
common properties of the surrounding villages after mutual consultation to
compensate the water usage from common properties, plantation along connecting
roads, drainage management and planning to avoid the sediment load and to avoid
over flow of storm water into the connecting drains, mutual support in case of any
emergency. The total capital expenditure envisaged for environmental
management is Rs.6.41 lakhs with annual recurring expenditure of 3.41 lakhs.
11.13 Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER)
It is proposed to spend Rs. 1.2 Lakhs in seven years for CER activities like provision
of drinking water facility, solar street lamps, trees plantation, development of play
grounds. The management will provide training and awareness on job facilities to
unemployed graduates and post graduates, embroidery and tailoring training to
backward and weaker section women and training to local sports persons.
11.14 Mine Closure Plan
The disturbed land including area disturbed due to excavation, dumping,
construction of haul roads, ramps, structures would be reclaimed before finally
abandoning the mine. Thus, the area shall be fully reclaimed during last five years
of life of the mine. During post mining period all the disturbed areas will be
reclaimed before decommissioning/abandoning the mine. The closure involves the;
fencing around the pit and greenery development. The top bench shall be
afforested with local grass and plants.
11.15 Conclusion
The environmental impact study identified various mining activities that may
result in change in baseline status, and accordingly the proposed mitigation
measures mentioned in mine plan and the environment management plan were
observed to be sufficient to ensure least impact on the surrounding areas. The
residual impact due to mining is mainly loss of habitat which has to be
Sri K. Saravanan Summary and conclusion
11 - 10 Team Labs and Consultants
compensated, loss of biodiversity which can be offset, and worked out mine pit
which has to be reclaimed. The management assures to adopt extensive plantation
in surrounding areas to compensate habitat and biodiversity loss, thereby reducing
the impact to the maximum extent, while taking responsibility for implementing an
effective mine closure plan. The environmental impact study identified various
mining activities that may result in change in baseline status, and accordingly the
proposed mitigation measures mentioned in mine plan and the environment
management plan were observed to be sufficient to ensure least impact on the
surrounding areas. The residual impact due to mining is mainly loss of habitat
which has to be compensated, loss of biodiversity which can be offset, and worked
out mine pit which has to be reclaimed. The management assures to adopt
extensive plantation in surrounding areas to compensate habitat and biodiversity
loss, thereby reducing the impact to the maximum extent, while taking
responsibility for implementing an effective mine closure plan.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and consultants 12-1
CHAPTER 12.0 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED
Declaration by Experts Contributing to the EIA
I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that
developed the above EIA.
EIA coordinator:
Name: Srinivasa Reddy Manchala
Signature and Date: February 24, 2021
Period of involvement: June 2020 to till date
Contact information: Team Labs and Consultants, B115 - 117, 509, Aditya
Enclave, Ameerpet, Hyderabad 500038.
Functional area experts:
S. No.
Functional areas
Name of the expert/s
Involvement (period and task**)
Period of involvement: October 2019 till date
Signature and date
1 AP M. Srinivasa Reddy
Site visit, Design of AAQ network, supervision of AAQ monitoring, Compilation of emissions and characteristics, assessment of impacts due to the proposed project, identification of mitigation measures, preparation of EMP for AP, Preparation of monitoring plan for AP.
2 HW M. Srinivasa Reddy
Site visit, Characterization of solid wastes, storage, and disposal plan for various solid wastes, assessment of impacts due to the proposed project, identification of mitigation measures, preparation of EMP for SHW.
3 RH M. Srinivasa Reddy
Site visit, assessment of hazop reports, identification of sources of hazards, assessment of storages proposed in comparison with statutory regulations and calculation of FETI to assess the scope of risk assessment, preparation of isopleths for various scenarios as part of consequence analysis, identification of mitigation measures preparation of disaster management plan.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and consultants 12-2
4 WP G.V.Reddy Site visit, identification of monitoring stations, supervision of sampling, Characterization of effluent, effluent treatment, assessment of impacts due to the proposed project, identification of mitigation measures, preparation of EMP for WP, Preparation of monitoring plan for WP.
5 SE G.V.Reddy Site visit, primary and secondary data collection of the impact area, assessment of impacts due to the project on socio economic status and project economy, preparation of CSR plan, Preparation of SE part of EIA report.
6 EB I. Sivarama Krishna
Site visit, primary and secondary data collection related to ecology and biodiversity, assessment of impacts based on IAIA guidelines, preparation of mitigation measures and preparation of green belt plan and cost estimate, preparation of EB part of EIA report.
7 HG G.V.A. Ramakrishna
Identification of water sheds of the area by preparing the drainage map, assessment of ground water potential of the site and impact area, preparation of rain water harvesting plan, assessment of impacts due to ground water abstraction and mitigation measures.
8 SC D. Sundar Rao
Identification of soil sampling locations and characterization of the soils, interpretation of soil analysis reports, assessment of impacts due to spillages, accidental releases of chemicals, effluents etc., and mitigation measures.
9 AQ M. Srinivasa Reddy
Assisting AP FAE in identifying the AAQ monitoring stations by providing normal climatological and other historical data, Identification of Micrometeorological data monitoring station, supervision of met data collection using Automatic weather station, Preparation of emission details, Air quality impact prediction modeling, Calculation of work room concentrations of solvents using box model, Assessment of results and preparation of isopleths, assisting the AP FAE and EIA coordinator in preparation of EMP.
10 LU G.V.A. Ramakrishna
Preparation of land use land cover map using satellite imagery, ground truth study, assessing the impacts due to project.
Sri K. Saravanan Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Team Labs and consultants 12-3
Declaration by the Head of the accredited consultant organization/ authorized
person
I, G.V. Reddy hereby, confirm that the above-mentioned experts prepared
the EIA report for Sri K. Saravanan. I also confirm that the consultant organization
shall be fully accountable for any mis-leading information mentioned in this
statement.
Signature:
Name : G.V. Reddy
Designation: Director
Name of the EIA consultant organization: Team Labs and Consultants
NABET Certificate No: NABET/EIA/1821/SA 0114, Valid up to 24.09.2021.
SRI K. SARAVANAN
SURVEY NO. 93/4 (OLD SURVEY NO. 93), KADIRIVEDU VILLAGE, SATYAVEDU MANDAL, CHITTOOR DISTRICT, ANDHRA PRADESH
COMPLIANCE OF TERMS OF REFERENCE
SUBMITTED TO
ANDHRA PRADESH POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD, REGIONAL OFFICE, TIRUPATHI
Submitted By Sri K. Saravanan, S/o. Kathavarayan No. 249, Thayumanchetty street, Ponneri, Chennai - 601 204 Mobile No. +91 7708910777.
Studies and Documentation By TEAM Labs and Consultants NABET – Certificate No: NABET/ EIA/ 1821/ SA 0114, dt.04.09.2020 B-115 to 117& 509, Annapurna Block, Aditya Enclave, Ameerpet, Hyderabad-500 038 Phone: 040-23748 555/616, Telefax: 040-23748666 Email: [email protected]
Sri K. Saravanan Compliance of TOR
C-1 Team Labs and Consultants
Compliance of Terms of Reference Introduction
Compliance for the TOR letter Issued by SEIAA, Andhra Pradesh, Govt of India,
vide letter no. SEIAA/AP/ CTR/MIN/04/2020/1793-732, dt.08.12.2020
Compliance of Terms of Reference
S. No Terms of Reference Compliance
1. Year-wise production details since 1994 should be given, clearly stating the highest production achieved in any one year prior to 1994. It may also be categorically informed whether there had been any increase in production after the EIA Notification, 1994 came into force w.r.t. the highest production achieved prior to 1994.
In principle of application of quarry lease notice issued by the Deputy Director of Mines and Geology, Chittoor vide letter No. 927/Q1/2011, dt. 17.01.2020 for a period of 5 years (Enclosed as Annexure-1). It is a working mine applying for Environmental clearance
2. A copy of the document in support of the fact that the Proponent is the rightful lessee of the mine should be given.
Lease memos order is enclosed as Annexure-1 in EIA report.
3. All documents including approved mine plan, EIA and public hearing should be compatible with one another in terms of the mine lease area, production levels, waste generation and its management and mining technology and should be in the name of the lessee.
Mining plan was approved by Deputy Director of Mines and Geology, Chittoor vide letter no. 288/MP-CTR/2020 dated 11.03.2020. EIA report is prepared for same extent, same method of mining, same production, waste generation and its management. The final EIA report is submitted after Public hearing. Mine lease area is 8.00 ha, Mining technology, Production capacity is presented in chapter-2.0 of EIA report.
4. All corner coordinates of the mine lease area, superimposed on a High-Resolution Imagery/ toposheet, topographic sheet, geomorphology and geology of the area should be provided. Such an Imagery of the proposed area should clearly show the land use and other ecological features of the study area (core and buffer zone).
Corner coordinates of the mine lease area is superimposed on Survey of India topo sheet and presented in chapter-1 of EIA report. Land use and land cover of the area is presented in chapter-3.0 of EIA report.
5. Information should be provided in Survey of India Toposheet in 1:50,000 scale indicating geological map of the area, geomorphology of land forms of the area, existing minerals and mining history of the area, important water bodies, streams and rivers and soil characteristics.
Land use and land cover of the area is presented in chapter-3.0 of EIA report.
6. Details about the land proposed for mining The present mining lease area is
Sri K. Saravanan Compliance of TOR
C-2 Team Labs and Consultants
S. No Terms of Reference Compliance
activities should be given with information as to whether mining conforms to the land use policy of the State; land diversion for mining should have approval from State land use board or the concerned authority.
granted to independent entrepreneur. He prepared and approved the Environment Policy. Objective and Responsibility of the policy are presented in Environment Management Plan.
7. It should be clearly stated whether the proponent company has a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be spelt out in the EIA report with description of the prescribed operating process/procedures to bring into focus any infringement/deviation/violation of the environmental or forest norms/ conditions? The hierarchical system or administrative order of the Company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the EC conditions may also be given. The system of reporting of non-compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the Company and/or shareholders or stakeholders at large may also be detailed in the EIA report.
The present mining lease area is granted to an independent entrepreneur. He has prepared and approved the Environment Policy. Objective and Responsibility of the policy are presented in Environment Management Plan.
8. Issues relating to Mine Safety, including subsidence study in case of underground mining and slope study in case of open cast mining, blasting study etc. should be detailed. The proposed safeguard measures in each case should also be provided.
Occupational Safety and Health measures are presented in EIA report. Subsidence is not anticipated as it is an open cast mining activity. Peak particle velocity due to blasting activity is calculated and presented in Table 4.14. EIA report.
9. The study area will comprise of 10 km zone around the mine lease from lease periphery and the data contained in the EIA such as waste generation etc should be for the life of the mine / lease period.
The study area considered is 10 km around the periphery of mine lease area. Waste generation during plan period are presented in Chapter 2.0.
10. Land use of the study area delineating forest area, agricultural land, grazing land, wildlife sanctuary, national park, migratory routes of fauna, water bodies, human settlements and other ecological features should be indicated. Land use plan of the mine lease area should be prepared to encompass preoperational, operational and post operational phases and submitted. Impact, if any, of change of land use should be given.
Land use and land cover map of the study area is presented in chapter-3 of
EIA report. There is no national park, wildlife sanctuary within 10 km of the mine lease periphery. Land use plan of the mine lease area is presented in chapter 2.0.
11. Details of the land for any Over Burden Dumps outside the mine lease, such as extent of land area, distance from mine lease, its land use,
Waste generation during plan period are presented in Chapter 2.0.
Sri K. Saravanan Compliance of TOR
C-3 Team Labs and Consultants
S. No Terms of Reference Compliance
R&R issues, if any, should be given.
12. A Certificate from the Competent Authority in the State Forest Department should be provided, confirming the involvement of forest land, if any, in the project area. In the event of any contrary claim by the Project Proponent regarding the status of forests, the site may be inspected by the State Forest Department along with the Regional Office of the Ministry to ascertain the status of forests, based on which, the Certificate in this regard as mentioned above be issued. In all such cases, it would be desirable for representative of the State Forest Department to assist the Expert Appraisal Committees.
The proposed mine lease area is a government revenue land, no forest land is involved. .
13. Status of forestry clearance for the broken-up area and virgin forest land involved in the Project including deposition of net present value (NPV) and compensatory afforestation (CA) should be indicated. A copy of the forestry clearance should also be furnished.
The proposed mine lease area is a govt land, no forest land is involved and no permission is required from them.
14. Implementation status of recognition of forest rights under the Scheduled Tribes and other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006 should be indicated.
The proposed mine lease area is a government revenue land and the area does not belong to scheduled tribes and other traditional forest dwellers.
15. The vegetation in the RF / PF areas in the study area, with necessary details, should be given.
Vegetation and flora of the core zone and buffer zone are presented in chapter-3.0 of EIA report.
16. A study shall be got done to ascertain the impact of the Mining Project on wildlife of the study area and details furnished. Impact of the project on the wildlife in the surrounding and any other protected area and accordingly detailed mitigative measures required, should be worked out with cost implications and submitted.
There is no wildlife sanctuary within 10km radius of the lease periphery and there is no wild animal movement in core and buffer zone. There is no schedule-I flora and fauna present in the 10km radius from the mine lease periphery.
17. Location of National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife Corridors, Ramsar site Tiger/Elephant Reserves (existing as well as proposed), if any, within 10 km of the mine lease should be clearly indicated, supported by a location map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden. Necessary clearance, as may be applicable to such projects due to proximity of the ecologically sensitive areas as mentioned above, should be obtained from the Standing
There is no Ecologically sensitive area like National Park, Wildlife/Bird sanctuary, Biosphere Reserve, Wildlife Corridor, Tiger/Elephant Reserve and Critically Polluted area within the 10 km radius of the mine lease periphery.
Sri K. Saravanan Compliance of TOR
C-4 Team Labs and Consultants
S. No Terms of Reference Compliance
Committee of National Board of Wildlife and copy furnished.
18. A detailed biological study of the study area [core zone and buffer zone (10 km radius of the periphery of the mine lease)] shall be carried out. Details of flora and fauna, endangered, endemic and RET Species duly authenticated, separately for core and buffer zone should be furnished based on such primary field survey, clearly indicating the Schedule of the fauna present. In case of any scheduled-I fauna found in the study area, the necessary plan along with budgetary provisions for their conservation should be prepared in consultation with State Forest and Wildlife Department and details furnished. Necessary allocation of funds for implementing the same should be made as part of the project cost.
Biological study of the study area [core zone and buffer zone (10 km radius of the periphery of the mine lease)] is conducted. Flora and fauna of the study area separately for core and buffer zone is presented in chapter-3.0 of EIA report.
19. Proximity to Areas declared as 'Critically Polluted' or the Project areas likely to come under the 'Aravali Range', (attracting court restrictions for mining operations), should also be indicated and where so required, clearance certifications from the 'prescribed Authorities, such as the SPCB or State Mining Dept. should be secured and furnished to the effect that the proposed mining activities could be considered.
There is no Critically Polluted area within the 10 km radius of the mine lease periphery.
20. Similarly, for coastal Projects, A CRZ map duly authenticated by one of the authorized agencies demarcating LTL. HTL, CRZ area, location of the mine lease w.r.t CRZ, coastal features such as mangroves, if any, should be furnished. (Note: The Mining Projects falling under CRZ would also need to obtain approval of the concerned Coastal Zone Management Authority).
Not applicable, The Mine lease area is away from CRZ.
21. R&R Plan/compensation details for the Project Affected People (PAP) should be furnished. While preparing the R&R Plan, the relevant State/National Rehabilitation & Resettlement Policy should be kept in view. In respect of SCs /STs and other weaker sections of the society in the study area, a need based sample survey, family-wise, should be undertaken to assess their requirements, and action programmes prepared and submitted accordingly, integrating the sectoral programmes of line
The proposed mine lease area has no settlements, the nearest habitation from the proposed active mine area located at a distance of 1.3 km in NE direction and hence R&R of village does not arise. The mining lease area does not belong to any scheduled area and other weaker sections of the society.
Sri K. Saravanan Compliance of TOR
C-5 Team Labs and Consultants
S. No Terms of Reference Compliance
departments of the State Government. It may be clearly brought out whether the village(s) located in the mine lease area will be shifted or not. The issues relating to shifting of Village(s) including their R&R and socio-economic aspects should be discussed in the report.
22. One season (non-monsoon) [ i.e. March – May (Summer Season); October to December (post monsoon season); December to February (winter Season)] primary baseline data on ambient air quality as per CPCB Notification of 2009, water quality, noise level, soil and flora and fauna shall be collected and the AAQ and other data so compiled presented date-wise in the EIA and EMP Report. Site-specific meteorological data should also be collected. The location of the monitoring stations should be such as to represent whole of the study area and justified keeping in view the pre-dominant downwind direction and location of sensitive receptors. There should be at least one monitoring station within 500 m of the mine lease in the pre-dominant downwind direction. The mineralogical composition of PM10, particularly for free silica, should be given.
The baseline study was carried out in the months of October 2020 – December 2020. Ambient Air Quality Status of the study area, Water quality data, Noise level data, Soil analysis data, Flora and fauna of the study area, Site specific meteorological data are presented in chapter-3.0 of EIA report. The monitoring locations are covered all the directions in the study area.
23. Air quality modeling should be carried out for prediction of impact of the project on the air quality of the area. It should also take into account the impact of movement of vehicles for transportation of mineral. The details of the model used and input parameters used for modeling should be provided. The air quality contours may be shown on a location map clearly indicating the location of the site, location of sensitive receptors, if any, and the habitation. The wind roses showing pre-dominant wind direction may also be indicated on the map.
ISCST3 model is used for Air quality modeling for prediction of impact on air quality including vehicle movement for transportation of mineral, input parameters are presented in chapter-4.0 of EIA report, page no. 4-18. Predicted and cumulative concentrations are presented in chapter-4.0 of EIA report. Air quality Concentrations indicating the site location and wind rose diagram are presented in page no. 4-22 to 4-27.
24. The water requirement for the Project, its availability and source should be furnished. A detailed water balance should also be provided. Fresh water requirement for the Project should be indicated.
Water requirement for the project is 4.0 KLD which shall be drawn from Balakrishnapuram village/ storm water storage. Water balance details are presented in chapter-2.0 of EIA report.
25. Necessary clearance from the Competent Authority for drawl of requisite quantity of water for the Project should be provided.
Rainwater stored in the working area will be used for dust suppression and greenbelt development. Domestic water is drawn from nearby village/
Sri K. Saravanan Compliance of TOR
C-6 Team Labs and Consultants
S. No Terms of Reference Compliance
storm water storage.
26. Description of water conservation measures proposed to be adopted in the Project should be given. Details of rainwater harvesting proposed in the Project, if any, should be provided.
Rain water will be diverted into working area by constructing drains to store and use for dust suppression and greenbelt development. Details are presented in Environment management plan.
27. Impact of the project on the water quality, both surface and groundwater should be assessed and necessary safeguard measures, if any required, should be provided.
The ground water level is 25 m depth at outside the lease area. There are no surface water bodies are having in and around the mine lease area. Hence there is no impact on surface and ground water quality. However, the existing water quality analysis results are presented in chapter-3.0.
28. Based on actual monitored data, it may clearly be shown whether working will intersect groundwater. Necessary data and documentation in this regard may be provided. In case the working will intersect groundwater table, a detailed Hydro Geological Study should be undertaken and Report furnished. The Report inter – alia, shall include details of the aquifers present and impact of mining activities on these aquifers. Necessary permission from Central Ground Water Authority for working below ground water and for pumping of ground water should also be obtained and copy furnished.
The ground water level is 25 m depth at outside the lease area. Hence there is no intersect on ground water is observed.
29. Details of any stream, seasonal or otherwise, passing through the lease area and modification / diversion proposed, if any, and the impact of the same on the hydrology should be brought out.
No river is passing through the mine lease area. No modification / diversion are required.
30. Information on site elevation, working depth, groundwater table etc. Should be provided both in AMSL and BGL. A schematic diagram may also be provided for the same.
The mining activity is carried out from western part to towards eastern direction.
31. A time bound Progressive Greenbelt Development Plan shall be prepared in a tabular form (indicating the linear and quantitative coverage, plant species and time frame) and submitted, keeping in mind, the same will have to be executed up front on commencement of the project. Phase wise plan of plantation and compensatory afforestation should be charted clearly indicating the area to
Green belt development plan is presented in Environment Management Plan.
Sri K. Saravanan Compliance of TOR
C-7 Team Labs and Consultants
S. No Terms of Reference Compliance
be covered under plantation and the species to be planted. The details of plantation already done should also be given. The plant species selected for greenbelt should have greater ecological value and should be of good utility value to the local population with emphasis on local and native species and the species which are tolerant to pollution.
32. Impact on local transport infrastructure due to the Project should be indicated. Projected increase in truck traffic as a result of the Project in the present road network (including those outside the Project area) should be worked out, indicating whether it is capable of handling the incremental load. Arrangement for improving the infrastructure, if contemplated (including action to be taken by other agencies such as State Government) should be covered. Project proponent shall conduct Impact of transportation study as per Indian Road Congress Guidelines.
The number of truck trips required shall be 30 no’s per day. There shall not be any adverse impact due to increased traffic as the existing connecting road has low traffic density.
33. Details of the onsite shelter and facilities to be provided to the mine workers should be included in the EIA report.
Site services and other details are presented in chapter-2.0 of EIA report.
34. Conceptual post mining land use and Reclamation and Restoration of mined out areas (with plans and with adequate number of sections) should be given in the EIA report.
Conceptual Plan is presented in chapter-2.0 of EIA report.
35. Occupational Health impacts of the Project should be anticipated and the proposed preventive measures spelt out in detail. Details of pre-placement medical examination and periodical medical examination schedules should be incorporated in the EMP. The project Specific occupational health mitigation measures with required facilities proposed in the mining area may be detailed.
Occupational Safety and Health measures are presented in EIA report. Frequency of Health Monitoring presented in EIA report.
36. Public health implications of the Project and related activities for the population in the impact zone should be systematically evaluated and the proposed remedial measures should be detailed along with budgetary allocations.
Pre placement medical examination will be conducted and the periodical medical examination will be conducted to the mine workers. Details are presented in EIA report.
37. Measures of socio-economic significance and influence to the local community proposed to be provided by the Project Proponent should be indicated. As far as possible, quantitative
Socio economic development including CER activities is presented in Environment Management Plan.
Sri K. Saravanan Compliance of TOR
C-8 Team Labs and Consultants
S. No Terms of Reference Compliance
dimensions may be given with time frames for implementation.
38. Detailed environmental management plan (EMP) to mitigate the environmental impacts which, should inter-alia include the impacts of change of land use, loss of agricultural and grazing land, if any, occupational health impacts besides other impacts specific to the proposed Project.
The environment management plan is presented in chapter 10.0.
39. Public hearing points raised and commitment of the project proponent on the same along with time bound action plan with budgetary provisions to implement the same should be provided and also incorporated in the final EIA/EMP Report of the Project.
Draft EIA report, Public hearing commitment will be incorporated in Final EIA report.
40. Details of litigation pending against the project, if any, with direction /order passed by any Court of Law against the project should be given.
No court case is pending against the project.
41. The cost of the project (capital cost and recurring cost) as well as the cost towards implementation of EMP should clearly be spelt out.
The capital cost of the project is Rs.60 Lakhs and the cost towards EMP is 6.41 Lakhs. The recurring cost for EMP is 3.40 lakhs/annum.
42. A Disaster management plan shall be prepared and included in the EIA/EMP report.
Disaster management plan presented in Chapter 7.0.
43. Benefits of the project if the project is implemented should be spelt out. The benefits of the project shall clearly indicate environmental, social, economic, employment potential, etc.
The projects benefits are presented in Chapter 8.0
44. Besides the above, the below mentioned general points are also to be followed: -
a) All documents to be properly referenced with index and continuous page numbering.
The documents enclosed as annexure are properly indexed with continuous page numbers and the same is presented in contents also.
b) Where data are presented in the report especially in tables, the period in which the data were collected and the sources should be indicated.
Baseline data for air, water, soil, noise, flora and fauna was collected during the period of October 2020 – December 2020.
c) Project Proponent shall enclose all the analysis/testing reports of water, air, soil, noise etc. using the MoEF&CC/NABL accredited laboratories. All the original analysis/testing reports should be available during appraisal of the Project.
Analysis reports are enclosed.
d) Where the documents provided are in a language other than English, an English
noted
Sri K. Saravanan Compliance of TOR
C-9 Team Labs and Consultants
S. No Terms of Reference Compliance
translation should be provided.
e) The Questionnaire for environmental appraisal of mining projects as devised earlier by the Ministry shall also be filled and submitted.
Questionnaire for environmental appraisal of mining project is Enclosed.
f) While preparing the EIA report, the
instructions for the Proponents and
instructions for the Consultants issued by
MoEF vide O.M. No. J-11013/41/2006-IA. II(I)
dated 4th August, 2009, which are available on
the website of this Ministry, should be
followed.
Instructions issued by MoEFCC are followed for preparation of EIA.
g) Changes, if any made in the basic scope and
project parameters (as submitted in Form-I and
the PFR for securing the TOR) should be
brought to the attention of MoEF&CC with
reasons for such changes and permission
should be sought, as the TOR may also have to
be altered. Post Public Hearing changes in
structure and content of the draft EIA/EMP
(other than modifications arising out of the
P.H. process) will entail conducting the PH
again with the revised documentation.
There is no change in the scope of the project which was obtained TOR.
h) As per the circular no. J-11011/618/2010-IA.II (I) dated 30.5.2012, certified report of the status of compliance of the conditions stipulated in the environment clearance for the existing operations of the project, should be obtained from the Regional Office of Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, as may be applicable.
There is no Environmental clearance obtained earlier for this project.
i) The EIA report should also include (i) surface plan of the area indicating contours
of main topographic features, drainage and mining area,
(ii) geological maps and sections and (iii) Sections of the mine pit and external
dumps, if any, clearly showing the land features of the adjoining area.
Surface, Geological plan and Geological Cross Sections is enclosed in chapter-2 of EIA report, page no. 2-
4. Working plan and sections of the mine pit and dump area is presented in page no. 2-11.
SRI K. SARAVANAN
SURVEY NO. 93/4 (OLD SURVEY NO. 93), KADIRIVEDU VILLAGE, SATYAVEDU MANDAL, CHITTOOR DISTRICT, ANDHRA PRADESH
ANNEXURE
SUBMITTED TO ANDHRA PRADESH POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD,
REGIONAL OFFICE, TIRUPATHI
Submitted By Sri K. Saravanan, S/o. Kathavarayan No. 249, Thayumanchetty street, Ponneri, Chennai - 601 204 Mobile No. +91 7708910777.
Studies and Documentation By TEAM Labs and Consultants NABET – Certificate No: NABET/ EIA/ 1821/ SA 0114, dt.04.09.2020 B-115 to 117& 509, Annapurna Block, Aditya Enclave, Ameerpet, Hyderabad-500 038 Phone: 040-23748 555/616, Telefax: 040-23748666 Email: [email protected]
© BIS 2012
B U R E A U O F I N D I A N S T A N D A R D SMANAK BHAVAN, 9 BAHADUR SHAH ZAFAR MARG
NEW DELHI 110002
May 2012 Price Group 6
IS 10500 : 2012
Hkkjrh; ekud
ihus dk ikuh — fof'kf"V¼ nwljk iqujh{k.k ½
Indian Standard
DRINKING WATER — SPECIFICATION
( Second Revision )
ICS 13.060.20
Free Standard provided by BIS via BSB Edge Private Limited to Team Labs and Consultants, B115,116,117 Aditya Enclave - Hyderabad([email protected]) 117.195.246.130 [for non-commercial use only].
Drinking Water Sectional Committee, FAD 25
FOREWORD
This Indian Standard (Second Revision) was adopted by the Bureau of Indian Standards, after the draft finalizedby the Drinking Water Sectional Committee had been approved by the Food and Agriculture Division Council.
This standard was originally published in 1983. A report prepared by the World Health Organization in cooperationwith the World Bank showed that in 1975, some 1 230 million people were without safe water supplies. Theseappalling facts were central to the United Nations decision to declare an International Drinking Water Supply andSanitation decade, beginning in 1981. Further, the VI Five-Year Plan of India had made a special provision foravailability of safe drinking water for the masses. Therefore, the standard was formulated with the objective ofassessing the quality of water resources, and to check the effectiveness of water treatment and supply by theconcerned authorities.
The first revision was undertaken to take into account the up-to-date information available about the nature andeffect of various contaminants as also the new techniques for identifying and determining their concentration.Based on experience gained additional requirements for alkalinity; aluminium and boron were incorporated andthe permissible limits for dissolved solids, nitrate and pesticides residues modified.
As per the eleventh five year plan document of India (2007-12), there are about 2.17 lakh quality affected habitationsin the country with more than half affected with excess iron, followed by fluoride, salinity, nitrate and arsenic inthat order. Further, approximately, 10 million cases of diarrhoea, more than 7.2 lakh typhoid cases and 1.5 lakhviral hepatitis cases occur every year a majority of which are contributed by unclean water supply and poorsanitation. The eleventh five year plan document of India (2007-2012) recognizes dealing with the issue of waterquality as a major challenge and aims at addressing water quality problems in all quality affected habitations withemphasis on community participation and awareness campaigns as well as on top most priority to water qualitysurveillance and monitoring by setting up of water quality testing laboratories strengthened with qualifiedmanpower, equipments and chemicals.
The second revision was undertaken to upgrade the requirements of the standard and align with the internationallyavailable specifications on drinking water. In this revision assistance has been derived from the following:
a) EU Directives relating to the quality of water intended for human consumption (80/778/EEC) and CouncilDirective 98/83/EC.
b) USEPA standard — National Primary Drinking Water Standard. EPA 816-F-02-013 dated July, 2002.
c) WHO Guidelines for Drinking Water Quality. 3rd Edition Vol. 1 Recommendations, 2008.
d) Manual on Water Supply and Treatment, third edition — revised and updated May 1999, Ministry ofUrban Development, New Delhi.
This standard specifies the acceptable limits and the permissible limits in the absence of alternate source. It isrecommended that the acceptable limit is to be implemented as values in excess of those mentioned under‘Acceptable’ render the water not suitable. Such a value may, however, be tolerated in the absence of an alternativesource. However, if the value exceeds the limits indicated under ‘permissible limit in the absence of alternatesource’ in col 4 of Tables 1 to 4, the sources will have to be rejected.
Pesticide residues limits and test methods given in Table 5 are based on consumption pattern, persistence andavailable manufacturing data. The limits have been specified based on WHO guidelines, wherever available. Incases where WHO guidelines are not available, the standards available from other countries have been examinedand incorporated, taking in view the Indian conditions.
In this revision, additional requirements for ammonia, chloramines, barium, molybdenum, silver, sulphide, nickel,polychlorinated biphenyls and trihalomethanes have been incorporated while the requirements for colour, turbidity,total hardness, free residual chlorine, iron, magnesium, mineral oil, boron, cadmium, total arsenic, lead, polynucleararomatic hydrocarbons, pesticides and bacteriological requirements have been modified.
In this revision, requirement and test method for virological examination have been included. Further, requirementsand test methods for cryptosporidium and giardia have also been specified.
Routine surveillance of drinking water supplies should be carried out by the relevant authorities to understandthe risk of specific pathogens and to define proper control procedures. The WHO Guidelines for Drinking WaterQuality, 3rd Edition, Vol. 1 may be referred for specific recommendations on using a water safety approachincorporating risk identification. Precautions/Care should be taken to prevent contamination of drinking waterfrom chlorine resistant parasites such as cryptosporidium species and giardia.
Free Standard provided by BIS via BSB Edge Private Limited to Team Labs and Consultants, B115,116,117 Aditya Enclave - Hyderabad([email protected]) 117.195.246.130 [for non-commercial use only].
1
IS 10500 : 2012
Indian Standard
DRINKING WATER — SPECIFICATION
( Second Revision )
1 SCOPE
This standard prescribes the requirements and themethods of sampling and test for drinking water.
2 REFERENCES
The standards listed in Annex A contain provisionswhich through reference in this text, constituteprovisions of this standard. At the time of publication,the editions indicated were valid. All standards aresubject to revision and parties to agreements based onthis standard are encouraged to investigate thepossibility of applying the most recent editions of thestandards indicated in Annex A.
3 TERMINOLOGY
For the purpose of this standard the following definitionshall apply.
3.1 Drinking Water — Drinking water is waterintended for human consumption for drinking andcooking purposes from any source. It includes water(treated or untreated) supplied by any means for humanconsumption.
4 REQUIREMENTS
Drinking water shall comply with the requirementsgiven in Tables 1 to 4. The analysis of pesticide residuesgiven in Table 3 shall be conducted by a recognizedlaboratory using internationally established test methodmeeting the residue limits as given in Table 5.
Drinking water shall also comply with bacteriologicalrequirements (see 4.1), virological requirements(see 4.2) and biological requirements (see 4.3).
4.1 Bacteriological Requirements
4.1.1 Water in Distribution System
Ideally, all samples taken from the distribution systemincluding consumers’ premises, should be free fromcoliform organisms and the following bacteriologicalquality of drinking water collected in the distributionsystem, as given in Table 6 is, therefore specified whentested in accordance with IS 1622.
4.2 Virological Requirements
4.2.1 Ideally, all samples taken from the distribution
Table 1 Organoleptic and Physical Parameters(Foreword and Clause 4)
Sl No. Characteristic Requirement Permissible Method of Test, Remarks(Acceptable Limit in the Ref to Part of
Limit) Absence of IS 3025Alternate
Source(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
i) Colour, Hazen units, Max 5 15 Part 4 Extended to 15 only, if toxic substancesare not suspected in absence of alter-nate sources
ii) Odour Agreeable Agreeable Part 5 a) Test cold and when heatedb) Test at several dilutions
iii) pH value 6.5-8.5 No relaxation Part 11 —iv) Taste Agreeable Agreeable Parts 7 and 8 Test to be conducted only after safety
has been establishedv) Turbidity, NTU, Max 1 5 Part 10 —
vi) Total dissolved solids, mg/l, 500 2 000 Part 16 —Max
NOTE — It is recommended that the acceptable limit is to be implemented. Values in excess of those mentioned under ‘acceptable’render the water not suitable, but still may be tolerated in the absence of an alternative source but up to the limits indicated under‘permissible limit in the absence of alternate source’ in col 4, above which the sources will have to be rejected.
Free Standard provided by BIS via BSB Edge Private Limited to Team Labs and Consultants, B115,116,117 Aditya Enclave - Hyderabad([email protected]) 117.195.246.130 [for non-commercial use only].
2
IS 10500 : 2012
Table 2 General Parameters Concerning Substances Undesirable in Excessive Amounts(Foreword and Clause 4)
Sl No. Characteristic Requirement Permissible Method of Test, Remarks(Acceptable Limit in the Ref to
Limit) Absence ofAlternate
Source(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
i) Aluminium (as Al), mg/l, Max 0.03 0.2 IS 3025 (Part 55) —ii) Ammonia (as total ammonia-N), 0.5 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 34) —
mg/l, Maxiii) Anionic detergents (as MBAS) 0.2 1.0 Annex K of IS 13428 —
mg/l, Maxiv) Barium (as Ba), mg/l, Max 0.7 No relaxation Annex F of IS 13428* —
or IS 15302v) Boron (as B), mg/l, Max 0.5 1.0 IS 3025 (Part 57) —
vi) Calcium (as Ca), mg/l, Max 75 200 IS 3025 (Part 40) —vii) Chloramines (as Cl
2), mg/l, Max 4.0 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 26)* —
or APHA 4500-Cl Gviii) Chloride (as Cl), mg/l, Max 250 1 000 IS 3025 (Part 32) —
ix) Copper (as Cu), mg/l, Max 0.05 1.5 IS 3025 (Part 42) —x) Fluoride (as F) mg/l, Max 1.0 1.5 IS 3025 (Part 60) —
xi) Free residual chlorine, mg/l, Min 0.2 1 IS 3025 (Part 26) To be applicable only whenwater is chlorinated. Testedat consumer end. When pro-tection against viral infec-tion is required, it should beminimum 0.5 mg/l
xii) Iron (as Fe), mg/l, Max 0.3 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 53) Total concentration of man-ganese (as Mn) and iron (asFe) shall not exceed 0.3 mg/l
xiii) Magnesium (as Mg), mg/l, Max 30 100 IS 3025 (Part 46) —xiv) Manganese (as Mn), mg/l, Max 0.1 0.3 IS 3025 (Part 59) Total concentration of man-
ganese (as Mn) and iron (asFe) shall not exceed 0.3 mg/l
xv) Mineral oil, mg/l, Max 0.5 No relaxation Clause 6 of IS 3025 —(Part 39) Infraredpartition method
xvi) Nitrate (as NO3), mg/l, Max 45 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 34) —
xvii) Phenolic compounds (as C6H
5OH), 0.001 0.002 IS 3025 (Part 43) —
mg/l, Maxxviii) Selenium (as Se), mg/l, Max 0.01 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 56) or —
IS 15303*xix) Silver (as Ag), mg/l, Max 0.1 No relaxation Annex J of IS 13428 —xx) Sulphate (as SO
4) mg/l, Max 200 400 IS 3025 (Part 24) May be extended to 400 pro-
vided that Magnesium doesnot exceed 30
xxi) Sulphide (as H2S), mg/l, Max 0.05 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 29) —
xxii) Total alkalinity as calcium 200 600 IS 3025 (Part 23) —carbonate, mg/l, Max
xxiii) Total hardness (as CaCO3), 200 600 IS 3025 (Part 21) —
mg/l, Maxxxiv) Zinc (as Zn), mg/l, Max 5 15 IS 3025 (Part 49) —
NOTES
1 In case of dispute, the method indicated by '*' shall be the referee method.
2 It is recommended that the acceptable limit is to be implemented. Values in excess of those mentioned under ‘acceptable’ render thewater not suitable, but still may be tolerated in the absence of an alternative source but up to the limits indicated under ‘permissiblelimit in the absence of alternate source’ in col 4, above which the sources will have to be rejected.
Free Standard provided by BIS via BSB Edge Private Limited to Team Labs and Consultants, B115,116,117 Aditya Enclave - Hyderabad([email protected]) 117.195.246.130 [for non-commercial use only].
3
IS 10500 : 2012
Table 3 Parameters Concerning Toxic Substances(Foreword and Clause 4)
Sl No. Characteristic Requirement Permissible Method of Test, Remarks(Acceptable Limit in the Ref to
Limit) Absence ofAlternate
Source(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
i) Cadmium (as Cd), mg/l, Max 0.003 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 41) —ii) Cyanide (as CN), mg/l, Max 0.05 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 27) —
iii) Lead (as Pb), mg/l, Max 0.01 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 47) —iv) Mercury (as Hg), mg/l, Max 0.001 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 48)/ —
Mercury analyserv) Molybdenum (as Mo), mg/l, Max 0.07 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 2) —
vi) Nickel (as Ni), mg/l, Max 0.02 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 54) —vii) Pesticides, µg/l, Max See Table 5 No relaxation See Table 5 —
viii) Polychlorinated biphenyls, mg/l, 0.000 5 No relaxation ASTM 5175* —Max or APHA 6630
ix) Polynuclear aromatic hydro- 0.000 1 No relaxation APHA 6440 —carbons (as PAH), mg/l, Max
x) Total arsenic (as As), mg/l, Max 0.01 0.05 IS 3025 (Part 37) —xi) Total chromium (as Cr), mg/l, Max 0.05 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 52) —
xii) Trihalomethanes:a) Bromoform, mg/l, Max 0.1 No relaxation ASTM D 3973-85* —
or APHA 6232b) Dibromochloromethane, 0.1 No relaxation ASTM D 3973-85* —
mg/l, Max or APHA 6232c) Bromodichloromethane, 0.06 No relaxation ASTM D 3973-85* —
mg/l, Max or APHA 6232d) Chloroform, mg/l, Max 0.2 No relaxation ASTM D 3973-85* —
or APHA 6232
NOTES
1 In case of dispute, the method indicated by '*' shall be the referee method.
2 It is recommended that the acceptable limit is to be implemented. Values in excess of those mentioned under ‘acceptable’ render thewater not suitable, but still may be tolerated in the absence of an alternative source but up to the limits indicated under 'permissiblelimit in the absence of alternate source’ in col 4, above which the sources will have to be rejected.
Table 4 Parameters Concerning Radioactive Substances(Foreword and Clause 4)
Sl No. Characteristic Requirement Permissible Method of Test, Remarks(Acceptable Limit in the Ref to Part of
Limit) Absence of IS 14194Alternate
Source(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
i) Radioactive materials:a) Alpha emitters Bq/l, Max 0.1 No relaxation Part 2 —b) Beta emitters Bq/l, Max 1.0 No relaxation Part 1 —
NOTE — It is recommended that the acceptable limit is to be implemented. Values in excess of those mentioned under ‘acceptable’render the water not suitable, but still may be tolerated in the absence of an alternative source but up to the limits indicated under‘permissible limit in the absence of alternate source’ in col 4, above which the sources will have to be rejected.
Free Standard provided by BIS via BSB Edge Private Limited to Team Labs and Consultants, B115,116,117 Aditya Enclave - Hyderabad([email protected]) 117.195.246.130 [for non-commercial use only].
4
IS 10500 : 2012
Table 5 Pesticide Residues Limits and Test Method(Foreword and Table 3)
Sl No. Pesticide Limit Method of Test, Ref toµg/l
USEPA AOAC/ ISO(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
i) Alachlor 20 525.2, 507 —ii) Atrazine 2 525.2, 8141 A —
iii) Aldrin/ Dieldrin 0.03 508 —iv) Alpha HCH 0.01 508 —v) Beta HCH 0.04 508 —
vi) Butachlor 125 525.2, 8141 A —vii) Chlorpyriphos 30 525.2, 8141 A —
viii) Delta HCH 0.04 508 —ix) 2,4- Dichlorophenoxyacetic acid 30 515.1 —x) DDT (o, p and p, p – Isomers of DDT, 1 508 AOAC 990.06
DDE and DDD)xi) Endosulfan (alpha, beta, and sulphate) 0.4 508 AOAC 990.06
xii) Ethion 3 1657 A —xiii) Gamma — HCH (Lindane) 2 508 AOAC 990.06xiv) Isoproturon 9 532 —xv) Malathion 190 8141 A —
xvi) Methyl parathion 0.3 8141 A ISO 10695xvii) Monocrotophos 1 8141 A —
xviii) Phorate 2 8141 A —
NOTE — Test methods are for guidance and reference for testing laboratory. In case of two methods, USEPA method shall be thereference method.
Table 6 Bacteriological Quality of Drinking Water1)
(Clause 4.1.1)
Sl No. Organisms Requirements
(1) (2) (3)
i) All water intended for drinking:a) E. coli or thermotolerant coliform bacteria2), 3) Shall not be detectable in any 100 ml sample
ii) Treated water entering the distribution system:a) E. coli or thermotolerant coliform bacteria2) Shall not be detectable in any 100 ml sampleb) Total coliform bacteria Shall not be detectable in any 100 ml sample
iii) Treated water in the distribution system:a) E. coli or thermotolerant coliform bacteria Shall not be detectable in any 100 ml sample
b) Total coliform bacteria Shall not be detectable in any 100 ml sample
1)Immediate investigative action shall be taken if either E.coli or total coliform bacteria are detected. The minimum action in the case oftotal coliform bacteria is repeat sampling; if these bacteria are detected in the repeat sample, the cause shall be determined by immediatefurther investigation.
2)Although, E. coli is the more precise indicator of faecal pollution, the count of thermotolerant coliform bacteria is an acceptable alternative.If necessary, proper confirmatory tests shall be carried out. Total coliform bacteria are not acceptable indicators of the sanitary quality ofrural water supplies, particularly in tropical areas where many bacteria of no sanitary significance occur in almost all untreated supplies.
3)It is recognized that, in the great majority of rural water supplies in developing countries, faecal contamination is widespread. Underthese conditions, the national surveillance agency should set medium-term targets for progressive improvement of water supplies.
Free Standard provided by BIS via BSB Edge Private Limited to Team Labs and Consultants, B115,116,117 Aditya Enclave - Hyderabad([email protected]) 117.195.246.130 [for non-commercial use only].
5
IS 10500 : 2012
system including consumers’ premises, should be freefrom virus.
4.2.2 None of the generally accepted sewage treatmentmethods yield virus-free effluent. Although a numberof investigators have found activated sludge treatmentto be superior to trickling filters from this point of view,it seems possible that chemical precipitation methodswill prove to be the most effective.
4.2.3 Virus can be isolated from raw water and fromsprings, enterovirus, reovirus, and adenovirus havebeen found in water, the first named being the mostresistant to chlorination. If enterovirus are absent fromchlorinated water, it can be assumed that the water issafe to drink. Some uncertainty still remains about thevirus of infectious hepatitis, since it has not so far beenisolated but in view of the morphology and resistanceof enterovirus it is likely that, if they have beeninactivated hepatitis virus will have been inactivatedalso.
4.2.4 An exponential relationship exists between therate of virus inactivation and the redox potential. Aredox potential of 650 mV (measured betweenplatinum and calomel electrodes) will cause almostinstantaneous inactivation of even high concentrationsof virus. Such a potential can be obtained with even alow concentration of free chlorine, but only with anextremely high concentration of combined chlorine.This oxidative inactivation may be achieved with anumber of other oxidants also, for example, iodine,ozone and potassium permanganate, but the effect ofthe oxidants will always be counteracted, if reducingcomponents, which are mainly organic, are present.As a consequence, the sensitivity of virus towardsdisinfectants will depend on the milieu just as much ason the particular disinfectant used.
4.2.5 Viruses are generally resistant to disinfectants aswell as get protected on account of presence ofparticulate and organic matter in water. Because thedifference between the resistance of coliformorganisms and of virus to disinfection by oxidantsincreases with increasing concentration of reducingcomponents, for example, organic matter, it cannot beassumed that the absence of available coliformorganisms implies freedom from active virus undercircumstances where a free chlorine residual cannotbe maintained. Sedimentation and slow sand filtrationin themselves may contribute to the removal of virusfrom water.
4.2.6 In practice, >0.5 mg/l of free chlorine for 1 h issufficient to inactivate virus, even in water that wasoriginally polluted provided the water is free fromparticulates and organic matter.
4.2.7 MS2 phage are indicator of viral contaminationin drinking water. MS2 phage shall be absent in 1 litreof water when tested in accordance with USEPAmethod 1602. If MS2 phage are detected in the drinkingwater, virological examination shall be done by thePolymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) method forvirological examination as given in Annex B. USEPAmethod in Manual of Method for Virology Chapter 16,June 2001 shall be the alternate method. If viruses aredetected, the cause shall be determined by immediatefurther investigation.
4.3 Biological Requirements
4.3.1 Ideally, all samples taken including consumerspremises should be free from biological organisms.Biological examination is of value in determining thecauses of objectionable tastes and odours in water andcontrolling remedial treatments, in helping to interpretthe results of various chemical analysis, and inexplaining the causes of clogging in distribution pipesand filters. In some instances, it may be of use indemonstrating that water from one source has beenmixed with that from another.
4.3.2 The biological qualities of water are of greaterimportance when the supply has not undergone theconventional flocculation and filtration processes, sinceincreased growth of methane-utilizing bacteria onbiological slimes in pipes may then be expected, andthe development of bryozoal growths such asPlumatella may cause operational difficulties.
4.3.3 Some of the animalcules found in water mainsmay be free-living in the water, but others such asDreissena and Asellus are more or less firmly attachedto the inside of the mains. Although these animalculesare not themselves pathogenic, they may harbourpathogenic organisms or virus in their intestines, thusprotecting these pathogens from destruction bychlorine.
4.3.4 Chlorination, at the dosages normally employedin waterworks, is ineffective against certain parasites,including amoebic cysts; they can be excluded onlyby effective filtration or by higher chlorine doses thancan be tolerated without subsequent dechlorination.Amoebiasis can be conveyed by water completely freefrom enteric bacteria; microscopic examination afterconcentration is, therefore, the only safe method ofidentification.
4.3.5 Strict precautions against back-syphonage andcross-connections are required, if amoebic cysts arefound in a distribution system containing tested water.
4.3.6 The cercariae of schistosomiasis can be detectedby similar microscopic examination, but there is, in
Free Standard provided by BIS via BSB Edge Private Limited to Team Labs and Consultants, B115,116,117 Aditya Enclave - Hyderabad([email protected]) 117.195.246.130 [for non-commercial use only].
6
IS 10500 : 2012
any case, no evidence to suggest that this disease isnormally spread through piped water supplies.
4.3.7 The cyclops vector of the embryos ofDracunculus medinensis which causes dracontiasis orGuinea-worm disease can be found in open wells in anumber of tropical areas. They are identifiable bymicroscopic examination. Such well supplies arefrequently used untreated, but the parasite can berelatively easily excluded by simple physicalimprovements in the form of curbs, drainage, and apronsurrounds and other measures which prevent physicalcontact with the water source.
4.3.8 Cryptosporidium shall be absent in 10 liter ofwater when tested in accordance with USEPA method1622 or USEPA method 1623* or ISO 15553 : 2006.
4.3.9 Giardia shall be absent in 10 liter of water whentested in accordance with USEPA method 1623* orISO 15553 : 2006.
4.3.10 The drinking water shall be free frommicroscopic organisms such as algae, zooplanktons,flagellates, parasites and toxin producing organisms.An illustrative (and not exhaustive) list is given inAnnex C for guidance.
NOTE — In case of dispute, the method indicated by ‘*’ in4.3.8 and 4.3.9 shall be referee method.
5 SAMPLING
Representative samples of water shall be drawn asprescribed in IS 1622 and IS 3025 (Part 1).
ANNEX A(Clause 2)
LIST OF REFERRED INDIAN STANDARDS
IS No. Title
1622 : 1981 Methods of sampling andmicrobiological examination ofwater (first revision)
3025 Methods of sampling and test(physical and chemical) for water andwaste water:
(Part 1) : 1987 Sampling (first revision)(Part 2) : 2002 Determination of 33 elements by
inductively coupled plasma atomicemission spectroscopy
(Part 4) : 1983 Colour (first revision)(Part 5) : 1983 Odour (first revision)(Part 7) : 1984 Taste threshold (first revision)(Part 8) : 1984 Tasting rate (first revision)(Part 10) : 1984 Turbidity (first revision)(Part 11) : 1983 pH value (first revision)(Part 16) : 1984 Filterable residue (total dissolved
solids) (first revision)(Part 21) : 1983 Total hardness (first revision)(Part 23) : 1983 Alkalinity (first revision)(Part 24) : 1986 Sulphates (first revision)(Part 26) : 1986 Chlorine residual (first revision)(Part 27) : 1986 Cyanide (first revision)(Part 29) : 1986 Sulphide (first revision)(Part 32) : 1988 Chloride (first revision)(Part 34) : 1988 Nitrogen (first revision)(Part 37) : 1988 Arsenic (first revision)(Part 39) : 1989 Oil and grease(Part 40) : 1991 Calcium
IS No. Title
(Part 41) : 1992 Cadmium (first revision)(Part 42) : 1992 Copper (first revision)(Part 43) : 1992 Phenols (first revision)(Part 46) : 1994 Magnesium(Part 47) : 1994 Lead(Part 48) : 1994 Mercury(Part 49) : 1994 Zinc(Part 52) : 2003 Chromium(Part 53) : 2003 Iron(Part 54) : 2003 Nickel(Part 55) : 2003 Aluminium(Part 56) : 2003 Selenium(Part 57) : 2005 Boron(Part 59) : 2006 Manganese(Part 60) : 2008 Fluoride
13428 : 2003 Packaged natural mineral water —Specification (first revision)
14194 Radionuclides in environmentalsamples — Method of estimation:
(Part 1) : 1994 Gross beta activity measurement(Part 2) : 1994 Gross alpha activity measurement
15302 : 2002 Determination of aluminium andbarium in water by direct nitrousoxide-acetylene flame atomicabsorption spectrometry
15303 : 2002 Determination of antimony, iron andselenium in water by electrothermalatomic absorption spectrometry
Free Standard provided by BIS via BSB Edge Private Limited to Team Labs and Consultants, B115,116,117 Aditya Enclave - Hyderabad([email protected]) 117.195.246.130 [for non-commercial use only].
7
IS 10500 : 2012
B-1 GENERAL
The method involves the concentration of viruses from100 litre of drinking water to 1 ml by membrane filtertechnique. The concentrate is subjected to amplificationusing polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and primersbased on highly conserved regions of viral genomes.This method can detect as low as 10 genome copies.Stringent precautions are needed to avoidcontamination with amplified DNA products leadingto false positive reactions. Detection of hepatitis A virus(HAV) RNA and enterovirus (EV) RNA is consideredas an indication of presence of viruses in water. Stepsinvolved include concentration of water, RNAextraction, complementary DNA (cDNA) synthesis andPCR.
B-2 CONCENTRATION OF DRINKING WATER
B-2.1 Apparatus
B-2.1.1 Pressure Pump
B-2.1.2 Membrane Filter Assembly with 144 mmDiameter with Tripod Stand
B-2.1.3 Pressure Vessel (50 litre capacity) withPressure Gauge
B-2.1.4 Inter-connecting Pressure Tubes
B-2.2 Reagents
Autoclaved double distilled water shall be used for thepreparation of reagents/buffers in this study.
B-2.2.1 Aluminium Chloride
B-2.2.2 HCl/NaOH Urea (Extra Pure)
B-2.2.3 Disodium Hydrogen Phosphate (Na2HPO4.2H2O) — 0.2 M, filter sterilized.
B-2.2.4 Sodium Dihydrogen Phosphate (NaH2PO4.2H2O) — 0.2 M, filter sterilized.
B-2.2.5 Citric Acid — 0.1 M, filter sterilized.
B-2.2.6 L-Arginine — 0.5 M, filter sterilized.
B-2.2.7 Urea-Arginine Phosphate Buffer (U-APB) —Mix 4.5 g of urea with 2 ml of 0.2 M NaH2PO4 and2 ml of 0.5 M L - Arginine and make up the volume to50 ml with sterile distilled water. The pH of the eluentshall be 9.0.
B-2.2.8 Magnesium Chloride (MgCl2) — 1 M.
B-2.2.9 McII Vaines Buffer (pH 5.0) — Mix 9.7 ml of
ANNEX B(Clause 4.2.7)
POLYMERASE CHAIN REACTION (PCR) METHOD
0.1 M citric acid with 10.3 ml of 0.2 M Na2HPO4 .2H2Ounder sterile conditions.
B-2.3 Procedure
Filter 100 litre of drinking water sample throughmembrane filter assembly using either positivelycharged membrane of 144 mm diameter or 0.22 microndiameter pore size nitrocellulose membrane. Forpositively charged membrane the test water pH neednot be adjusted. But for the 0.22 micron nitrocellulosemembrane adjust the pH to 3.5 after adding thealuminium chloride as a coagulant to a finalconcentration of 0.000 5 M.
At lower pH pass the water through the membrane.The flow rate shall be 40 litre/h approximately. Afterthe completion of the filtration, elute the adsorbedparticles using 100 ml of urea-arginine phosphatebuffer (U-APB). Precipitate the suspended particlesusing 1 ml of magnesium chloride (1 M). Dissolve theresultant precipitate centrifuged out of the sample in800-1.0 ml of McII vaines buffer. The processed samplecan be stored at refrigerator until required.
B-3 RNA EXTRACTION
B-3.1 Apparatus
B-3.1.1 Cooling Centrifuge
B-3.1.2 Deep Freezer (–20°C)
B-3.1.3 Vortex Mixer
B-3.1.4 Pipette Man
B-3.2 Reagents
B-3.2.1 Cetyl Trimethyl Ammonium Bromide (CTAB)Buffer
CTAB : 1 percentSodium Dodecyl Sulphate (SDS) : 1 percent
EDTA : 20 mM
Sodium Chloride : 1 M
B-3.2.2 Phenol, Chloroform and Isoamylalcohol in theratio of 25:24:1 (PCI)
B-3.2.3 Ethanol
B-3.2.4 TE Buffer (pH 8.0)
Tris base : 1 MEDTA : 0.5 M
B-3.2.5 Sodium Acetate — 3 M.
Free Standard provided by BIS via BSB Edge Private Limited to Team Labs and Consultants, B115,116,117 Aditya Enclave - Hyderabad([email protected]) 117.195.246.130 [for non-commercial use only].
8
IS 10500 : 2012
B-3.3 Procedure
Treat 300 µl of concentrated water sample with equalvolume of CTAB and 1/10th volume of PCI. Vortexand centrifuge at 5 000 × g for 30 min at 4°C. Add 1/10th volume of 3 M sodium acetate and double thevolume of cold ethanol to the aqueous layer. Keep themixture at either at –20°C for overnight or in liquidnitrogen for 2-5 min. Centrifuge at 10 000 × g, for30 min at 4°C. Discard the supernatant and air dry thepellet and dissolve it in 20 µl TE buffer.
B-4 COMPLEMENTARY DNA (c DNA) SYNTHESIS
B-4.1 Apparatus
B-4.1.1 PCR Machine
B-4.1.2 Deep Freezer (–20°C)
B-4.2 Reagents
B-4.2.1 cDNA Synthesis Kit
B-4.3 Procedure
Suspend the extracted RNA in 20 µl of cDNA reactionmixture, which consists of 4 µ l of 5X reversetranscriptase reaction buffer [250 mM TRIS–HCl(pH 8.5), 40 mM KCl, 150 mM MgCl2, 5 mMdithiothreitol (DTT)], 0.5 µl of 10 mM deoxynucleotidephosphate (dNTP), 2 µl of hexa nucleotide mixture,1 µl of 25 U of Maloney Murine Leukaemia Virus (M-MuLV) reverse transcriptase, 0.5 µl of 20 U of humanplacental RNase inhibitor. Heat the reaction mixture to95°C for 5 min and rapidly chill on ice, this is followedby the addition of 1 µl (25 U/µl) of M-MuLV reversetranscriptase. Incubate the reaction mixture as givenby the manufacturer of the kit and quickly chill thereaction tube on ice.
B-5 PCR AMPLIFICATION
B-5.1 Apparatus
B-5.1.1 PCR Machine
B-5.1.2 Deep Freezer (–20°C)
B-5.1.3 Micropippette
B-5.2 Reagents
B-5.2.1 Primers for EV and HAV
EV sense primer, 5’ — TCC TCC GGC CCCTGA ATG CG — 3’
antisense primer, 5’ — ATT GTC ACCATA AGC AGC CA — 3’
HAV sense primer, 5’ — GTTTT GCTCCTCTTT ATCAT GCTAT G-3’
antisense primer, 5’ — GGAAA TGTCTCAGGT ACTTT CTTTG-3’
B-5.2.2 PCR Master Mix
B-5.2.3 Mineral Oil
B-5.3 Procedure
B-5.3.1 PCR Amplification for Hepatitis A Virus (HAV)
In 5 µl of cDNA, add 95 µl of a PCR Master Mix (10mM TRIS–HCl (pH 8.3), 50 mM KCl, 2.5 mM MgCl2,0.01 percent gelatin (1× PCR buffer), 200 µM of eachdNTP, 1.5 U of Thermus aquaticus polymerase). Add25 pico moles of sense and antisense oligonucleotideprimers of HAV and overlay with mineral oil.Appropriate positive and negative controls shall beincluded with each run. Set the following reaction atthermo cycler:
Denaturation at 94°C for 2 min
Denaturation for 1.0 min at 94°CAnnealing for 1.0 min at 57°C
Extension for 1.3 min at 72°C
Final extension at 72°C for 7 min.
B-5.3.2 PCR Amplification for Enterovirus (EV)
In 5 µl of cDNA, add 95 µl of a PCR Master Mix (10mM TRIS–HCl (pH 8.3), 50 mM KCl, 2.5 mM MgCl2,0.01 percent gelatin (1X PCR buffer), 200 µM of eachdNTP, 1.5 U of Thermus aquaticus polymerase). Add25 pico moles of sense and antisense oligonucleotideprimers of EV and overlay with mineral oil.Appropriate positive and negative controls shall beincluded with each run. Set the following reaction atthermo cycler:
Denaturation at 94°C for 2 min
Denaturation for 1.0 min at 94°CAnnealing for 1.0 min at 42°C
Extension for 2.0 min at 72°C
Final extension at 72°C for 7 min.
B-6 AGAROSE GEL ELECTROPHORESIS
B-6.1 Apparatus
B-6.1.1 Micropippette
B-6.1.2 Electrophoresis Apparatus
B-6.1.3 Gel Documentation System
B-6.2 Reagents
B-6.2.1 Running Buffer — 50X TAE buffer
Tris base/Tris buffer : 121.00 g
35 cycles
35 cycles
Free Standard provided by BIS via BSB Edge Private Limited to Team Labs and Consultants, B115,116,117 Aditya Enclave - Hyderabad([email protected]) 117.195.246.130 [for non-commercial use only].
9
IS 10500 : 2012
Glacial acetic acid : 28.55 ml0.5 M EDTA : 50 .00 ml
Distilled water : 300.45 ml(autoclaved)
Make the final volume upto 1 000 ml with deioniseddistilled water, sterilize and store at 4°C. The finalconcentration for the preparation of agarose gel and torun the gel shall be 1X.
B-6.2.2 Tracking Dye — 6X bromophenol blue.
B-6.2.3 Ethidium Bromide — 0.5 µg/ml.
B-6.3 Procedure
Run the PCR amplified product of EV and HAV on1.5 percent agarose gel using 1X TAE buffer. Load10 µl of amplified product after mixing it with 1 µl10X loading dye. Run the molecular weight markeralong with the samples. Run the electrophoresis at100 V for 30 min. Stain the gel with ethidium bromide(0.5 µl/ml) for 20 min. Wash it with distilled waterand view under UV transilluminator and photographthe gel to analyse the band pattern. EV gives the bandas 155 base pair and the HAV gives band as 225 basepair.
ANNEX C(Clause 4.3.10)
ILLUSTRATIVE LIST OF MICROSCOPIC ORGANISMS PRESENT IN WATER
Sl No.
Classification of Microscopic
Organism
Group and Name of the Organism Habitat Effect of the Organisms and
Significance (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
i) Algae a) Chlorophyceae: 1) Species of Coelastrum, Gomphospherium,
Micractinium, Mougeotia, Oocystis, Euastrum, Scenedesmus, Actinastrum, Gonium, Eudorina Pandorina, Pediastrum, Zygnema, Chlamydomonas, Careteria, Chlorella, Chroococcus, Spirogyra, Tetraedron, Chlorogonium, Stigeoclonium
Polluted water, impounded sources
Impart colouration
2) Species of Pandorina, Volvox, Gomphospherium, Staurastrum, Hydrodictyon, Nitella
Polluted waters Produce taste and odour
3) Species of Rhizoclonium, Cladothrix, Ankistrodesmus, Ulothrix, Micrasterias, Chromulina
Clean water Indicate clean condition
4) Species of Chlorella, Tribonema, Clostrium, Spirogyra, Palmella
Polluted waters, impounded sources
Clog filters and create impounded difficulties
b) Cyanophyceae: 1) Species of Anacystis and Cylindrospermum Polluted waters Cause water
bloom and impart colour
2) Species of Anabena, Phormidium, Lyngbya, Arthrospira, Oscillatona
Polluted waters Impart colour
3) Species of Anabena, Anacystis, Aphanizomenon
Polluted waters, impounded sources
Produce taste and odour
4) Species of Anacystis, Anabena, Coelospherium, Cleotrichina, Aphanizomenon
Polluted waters Toxin producing
5) Species of Anacystis, Rivularia, Oscillatoria, Anabena
Polluted waters Clog filters
Free Standard provided by BIS via BSB Edge Private Limited to Team Labs and Consultants, B115,116,117 Aditya Enclave - Hyderabad([email protected]) 117.195.246.130 [for non-commercial use only].
10
IS 10500 : 2012
Sl No.
Classification of Microscopic Organism
Group and Name of the Organism Habitat Effect of the Organisms and
Significance (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
6) Species of Rivularia Calcareous waters and also rocks
Bores rocks and calcareous strata and causes matted growth
7) Species of Agmenellum, Microcoleus, Lemanea
Clean waters Indicators of purification
c) Diatoms (Bacillareophyceae): 1) Species of Fragillaria, Stephanodiscus,
Stauroneis — Cause
discoloration 2) Species of Asterionella, Tabellaria Hill streams
high altitude, torrential and temperate waters
Taste and odour producing clog filters
3) Species of Synedra and Fragillavia Polluted waters Taste and odour producing
4) Species of Nitzchia, Gomphonema Moderately polluted waters
Cause discoloration
5) Species of Cymbela, Synedra, Melosira, Navicula, Cyclotella, Fragillaria, Diatoma, Pleurogsigma
Rivers and streams impounded sources
Clog filters and cause operational difficulties
6) Species of Pinmularia, Surinella, Cyclotella, Meridion, Cocconeis
Clean waters Indicators of purification
d) Xanthophyceae: Species of Botryococcus Hill streams,
high altitude and temperate waters
Produces coloration
ii) Zooplankton a) Protozoa: 1) Amoeba, Giardia Lamblia Arcella,
Difflugia, Actinophrys Polluted waters Pollution
indicators 2) Endamoeba, Histolytica Sewage and
activated sludge Parasitic and pathogenic
b) Ciliates: Paramoecium, Vorticella, Carchesium,
Stentor, Colpidium, Coleps, Euplotes, Colopoda, Bodo
Highly polluted waters, sewage and activated sludge
Bacteria eaters
c) Crustacea: 1) Bosmina, Daphnia Stagnant pollu-
ted waters Indicators of pollution
2) Cyclops Step wells in tropical climate
Carrier host of guinea worm
iii) Rotifers a) Rotifers: Anurea, Rotaria, Philodina Polluted and
Algae laden waters
Feed on algae
b) Flagellates: 1) Ceratium, Glenodinium, Peridinium
Dinobryon Rocky strata, iron bearing and acidic waters
Impart colour and fishy taste
2) Euglena, Phacus Polluted waters Impart colour
Free Standard provided by BIS via BSB Edge Private Limited to Team Labs and Consultants, B115,116,117 Aditya Enclave - Hyderabad([email protected]) 117.195.246.130 [for non-commercial use only].
11
IS 10500 : 2012
Sl No.
Classification of Microscopic Organism
Group and Name of the Organism Habitat Effect of the Organisms and Significance
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
iv) Miscellaneous Organisms
a) Sponges, Hydra Fresh water Clog filters and affect purification systems
b) Tubifex, Eristalls, Chironomids Highly polluted waters, sewage and activated sludge and bottom deposits
Clog filters and render water unaesthetic
c) Plumatella Polluted waters Produces biological slimes and causes filter operational difficulties
c) Dreissena, Asellus Polluted waters Harbour pathogenic organisms
Free Standard provided by BIS via BSB Edge Private Limited to Team Labs and Consultants, B115,116,117 Aditya Enclave - Hyderabad([email protected]) 117.195.246.130 [for non-commercial use only].
Free Standard provided by BIS via BSB Edge Private Limited to Team Labs and Consultants, B115,116,117 Aditya Enclave - Hyderabad([email protected]) 117.195.246.130 [for non-commercial use only].
Bureau of Indian Standards
BIS is a statutory institution established under the Bureau of Indian Standards Act, 1986 to promoteharmonious development of the activities of standardization, marking and quality certification of goodsand attending to connected matters in the country.
Copyright
BIS has the copyright of all its publications. No part of these publications may be reproduced in any formwithout the prior permission in writing of BIS. This does not preclude the free use, in the course ofimplementing the standard, of necessary details, such as symbols and sizes, type or grade designations.Enquiries relating to copyright be addressed to the Director (Publications), BIS.
Review of Indian Standards
Amendments are issued to standards as the need arises on the basis of comments. Standards are also reviewedperiodically; a standard along with amendments is reaffirmed when such review indicates that no changes areneeded; if the review indicates that changes are needed, it is taken up for revision. Users of Indian Standardsshould ascertain that they are in possession of the latest amendments or edition by referring to the latest issue of‘BIS Catalogue’ and ‘Standards : Monthly Additions’.
This Indian Standard has been developed from Doc No.: FAD 25 (2047).
Amendments Issued Since Publication
Amend No. Date of Issue Text Affected
BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS
Headquarters:
Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, New Delhi 110002Telephones : 2323 0131, 2323 3375, 2323 9402 Website: www.bis.org.in
Regional Offices: Telephones
Central : Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg 2323 7617NEW DELHI 110002 2323 3841
Eastern : 1/14 C.I.T. Scheme VII M, V. I. P. Road, Kankurgachi 2337 8499, 2337 8561KOLKATA 700054 2337 8626, 2337 9120
Northern : SCO 335-336, Sector 34-A, CHANDIGARH 160022 60 384360 9285
Southern : C.I.T. Campus, IV Cross Road, CHENNAI 600113 2254 1216, 2254 14422254 2519, 2254 2315
Western : Manakalaya, E9 MIDC, Marol, Andheri (East) 2832 9295, 2832 7858MUMBAI 400093 2832 7891, 2832 7892
Branches: AHMEDABAD. BANGALORE. BHOPAL. BHUBANESHWAR. COIMBATORE. DEHRADUN.FARIDABAD. GHAZIABAD. GUWAHATI. HYDERABAD. JAIPUR. KANPUR. LUCKNOW.NAGPUR. PARWANOO. PATNA. PUNE. RAJKOT. THIRUVANANTHAPURAM.VISAKHAPATNAM.
�
��
�
�
Published by BIS, New Delhi
Free Standard provided by BIS via BSB Edge Private Limited to Team Labs and Consultants, B115,116,117 Aditya Enclave - Hyderabad([email protected]) 117.195.246.130 [for non-commercial use only].
THE NOISE POLLUTION (REGULATION AND CONTROL) RULES, 2000
(The Principal Rules were published in the Gazette of India, vide S.O. 123(E), dated 14.2.2000 and subsequently amended vide S.O. 1046(E), dated 22.11.2000, S.O. 1088(E), dated 11.10.2002, S.O. 1569 (E), dated 19.09.2006 and S.O. 50 (E) dated 11.01.2010 under the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986.)
Whereas the increasing ambient noise levels in public places from various sources, inter-alia, industrial activity, construction activity, fire crackers, sound producing instruments, generator sets, loud speakers, public address systems, music systems, vehicular horns and other mechanical devices have deleterious effects on human health and the psychological well being of the people; it is considered necessary to regulate and control noise producing and generating sources with the objective of maintaining the ambient air quality standards in respect of noise; Whereas a draft of Noise Pollution (Control and Regulation) Rules, 1999 was published under the notification of the Government of India in the Ministry of Environment and Forests vide number S.O. 528 (E), dated the 28th June, 1999 inviting objections and suggestions from all the persons likely to be affected thereby, before the expiry of the period of sixty days from the date on which the copies of the Gazette containing the said notification are made available to the public; And whereas copies of the said Gazette were made available to the public on the 1st day of July, 1999; And whereas the objections and suggestions received from the public in respect of the said draft rules have been duly considered by the Central Government; Now, therefore, in exercise of the powers conferred by clause (ii) of sub-section (2) of section 3, sub-section (1) and clause (b) of sub-section (2) of section 6 and section 25 of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 (29 of 1986) read with rule 5 of the Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986, the Central Government hereby makes the following rules for the regulation and control of noise producing and generating sources, namely:- The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000 1. Short-title and commencement.- (1) These rules may be called the ‘Noise Pollution (Regulation and
Control) Rules, 2000. (2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the
Official Gazette.
2. Definitions- In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires,- (a) “Act” means the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 (29 of 1986); (b) “area / zone” means all areas which fall in either of the four
categories given in the Schedule annexed to these rules; (c) “authority” means and includes any authority or officer authorized
by the Central Government, or as the case may be, the State Government in accordance with the laws in force and includes a District Magistrate, Police Commissioner, or any other officer not below the rank of the Deputy Superintendent of Police designated for the maintenance of the ambient air quality standards in respect of noise under any law for the time being in force;
(d) “court” means a governmental body consisting of one or more
judges who sit to adjudicate disputes and administer justice and includes any court of law presided over by a judge, judges or a magistrate and acting as a tribunal in civil, taxation and criminal cases;
(e) “educational institution” means a school, seminary, college,
university, professional academies, training institutes or other educational establishment, not necessarily a chartered institution and includes not only buildings, but also all grounds necessary for the accomplishment of the full scope of educational instruction, including those things essential to mental, moral and physical development;
(f) “hospital” means an institution for the reception and care of sick,
wounded, infirm or aged persons, and includes government or private hospitals, nursing homes and clinics;
(g) “person” shall include any company or association or body of
individuals, whether incorporated or not; (h) “State Government” in relation to a Union territory means the
Administrator thereof appointed under article 239 of the Constitution. (i) “public place” means any place to which the public have access,
whether as of right or not, and includes auditorium, hotels, public waiting rooms, convention centres, public offices, shopping malls, cinema halls, educational institutions, libraries, open grounds and the like which are visited by general public; and
(j) “night time” means the period between 10.00 p.m. and 6.00 a.m.
3. Ambient air quality standards in respect of noise for different
areas/zones.- (1) The ambient air quality standards in respect of noise for different
areas / zones shall be such as specified in the Schedule annexed to these rules.
(2) The State Government shall categorize the areas into industrial,
commercial, residential or silence areas / zones for the purpose of implementation of noise standards for different areas.
(3) The State Government shall take measures for abatement of noise
including noise emanating from vehicular movements, blowing of horns, bursting of sound emitting firecrackers, use of loud speakers or public address system and sound producing instruments and ensure that the existing noise levels do not exceed the ambient air quality standards specified under these rules.
(4) All development authorities, local bodies and other concerned
authorities while planning developmental activity or carrying out functions relating to town and country planning shall take into consideration all aspects of noise pollution as a parameter of quality of life to avoid noise menace and to achieve the objective of maintaining the ambient air quality standards in respect of noise.
(5) An area comprising not less than 100 metres around hospitals,
educational institutions and courts may be declared as silence area / zone for the purpose of these rules.
4. Responsibility as to enforcement of noise pollution control
measures.- (1) The noise levels in any area / zone shall not exceed the ambient air
quality standards in respect of noise as specified in the Schedule. (2) The authority shall be responsible for the enforcement of noise
pollution control measures and the due compliance of the ambient air quality standards in respect of noise.
(3) The respective State Pollution Control Boards or Pollution Control
Committees in consultation with the Central Pollution Control Board shall collect, compile and publish technical and statistical data relating to noise pollution and measures devised for its effective prevention, control and abatement.
5. Restrictions on the use of loud speakers / public address system
and sound producing instruments.- (1) A loud speaker or a public address system shall not be used except
after obtaining written permission from the authority. (2) A loud speaker or a public address system or any sound producing
instrument or a musical instrument or a sound amplifier shall not be used at night time except in closed premises for communication within, like auditoria, conference rooms, community halls, banquet halls or during a public emergency.
(3) Notwithstanding any thing contained in sub-rule (2), the State
Government may subject to such terms and conditions as are necessary to reduce noise pollution, permit use of loud speakers or public address system and the like during night hours (between 10.00 p.m. to 12.00 midnight) on or during any cultural or religious festive occasion of a limited duration not exceeding fifteen days in all during a calendar year. The concerned State Government shall generally specify in advance, the number and particulars of the days on which such exemption would be operative.
(4) The noise level at the boundary of the public place, where
loudspeaker or public address system or any other noise source is being used shall not exceed 10 dB (A) above the ambient noise standards for the area or 75 dB (A) whichever is lower;
(5) The peripheral noise level of a privately owned sound system or a
sound producing instrument shall not, at the boundary of the private place, exceed by more than 5 dB (A) the ambient noise standards specified for the area in which it is used.
5A. Restrictions on the use of horns, sound emitting construction
equipments and bursting of fire crackers:- (1) No horn shall be used in silence zones or during night time in
residential areas except during a public emergency. (2) Sound emitting fire crackers shall not be burst in silence zone or
during night time. (3) Sound emitting construction equipments shall not be used or
operated during night time in residential areas and silence zones.
6. Consequences of any violation in silence zone / area.- Whoever, in any place covered under the silence zone / area commits any
of the following offence, he shall be liable for penalty under the provisions of the Act:-
(i) whoever, plays any music or uses any sound amplifiers, (ii) whoever, beats a drum or tom-tom or blows a horn either musical or
pressure, or trumpet or beats or sounds any instrument, or (iii) whoever, exhibits any mimetic, musical or other performances of a
nature to attract crowds. (iv) whoever, bursts sound emitting fire crackers; or (v) whoever, uses a loud speaker or a public address system. 7. Complaints to be made to the authority.- (1) A person may, if the noise level exceeds the ambient noise
standards by 10 dB (A) or more given in the corresponding columns against any area / zone or, if there is a violation of any provision of these rules regarding restrictions imposed during night time, make a complaint to the authority.
(2) The authority shall act on the complaint and take action against the
violator in accordance with the provisions of these rules and any other law in force.
8 Power to prohibit etc. continuance of music sound or noise.- (1) If the authority is satisfied from the report of an officer incharge of a
police station or other information received by him including from the complainant that it is necessary to do so in order to prevent annoyance, disturbance, discomfort or injury or risk of annoyance, disturbance, discomfort or injury to the public or to any person who dwell or occupy property on the vicinity, he may, by a written order issue such directions as he may consider necessary to any person for preventing, prohibiting, controlling or regulating:-
(a) the incidence or continuance in or upon any premises of- (i) any vocal or instrumental music,
(ii) sounds caused by playing, beating, clashing, blowing or use in any manner whatsoever of any instrument including loudspeakers, public address systems, horn, construction
equipment, appliance or apparatus or contrivance which is capable of producing or re-producing sound, or (iii) sound caused by bursting of sound emitting fire crackers, or,
(b) the carrying on in or upon, any premises of any trade, avocation or
operation or process resulting in or attended with noise. (2) The authority empowered under sub-rule (1) may, either on its own
motion, or on the application of any person aggrieved by an order made under sub-rule (1), either rescind, modify or alter any such order:
Provided that before any such application is disposed of, the said authority shall afford to the applicant and to the original complainant, as the case may be, an opportunity of appearing before it either in person or by a person representing him and showing cause against the order and shall, if it rejects any such application either wholly or in part, record its reasons for such rejection.
SCHEDULE
(see rule 3(1) and 4(1))
Ambient Air Quality Standards in respect of Noise
Area Category of Area / Zone Limits in dB(A) Leq* Code ------------------------------------ Day Time Night Time (A) Industrial area 75 70 (B) Commercial area 65 55 (C) Residential area 55 45 (D) Silence Zone 50 40 Note:- 1. Day time shall mean from 6.00 a.m. to 10.00 p.m.
2. Night time shall mean from 10.00 p.m. to 6.00 a.m. 3. Silence zone is an area comprising not less than 100 metres
around hospitals, educational institutions, courts, religious places or any other area which is declared as such by the competent authority
4. Mixed categories of areas may be declared as one of the four above mentioned categories by the competent authority.
* dB(A) Leq denotes the time weighted average of the level of sound in decibels on scale A which is relatable to human hearing. A “decibel” is a unit in which noise is measured. “A”, in dB(A) Leq, denotes the frequency weighting in the measurement of noise and corresponds to frequency response characteristics of the human ear. Leq: It is an energy mean of the noise level over a specified period.
Quality Council of India
National Accreditation Board for Education & Training
Certificate of Accreditation
Team Labs and Consultants B-115, 116, 117 and 509, Annapurna Block, Aditya Enclave, Ameerpet, Hyderabad- 500 038
Accredited as Category - A organization under the QCI-NABET Scheme for Accreditation of EIA Consultant Organizations: Version 3 for preparing EIA-EMP reports in the following Sectors:
Note: Names of approved EIA Coordinators and Functional Area Experts are mentioned in SA AC minutes dated May 29, 2020 posted on QCI-NABET website.
The Accreditation shall remain in force subject to continued compliance to the terms and conditions mentioned in QCI-NABET’s letter of accreditation bearing no. QCI/NABET/ENV/ACO/20/1466 dated September 04, 2020.The accreditation needs to be renewed before the expiry date by Team Labs and Consultants, Hyderabad following due process of assessment.
Sr. Director, NABET Certificate No. Valid up to Dated: Sep. 04, 2020 NABET/EIA/1821/SA 0114 24.09.2021 For the updated List of Accredited EIA Consultant Organizations with approved Sectors please refer to QCI-NABET website.
Sl.No Sector Description Sector (as per)
Cat. NABET MoEFCC
1 Mining of minerals including opencast / underground mining 1 1 (a) (i) A
2 Thermal power plants 4 1 (d) B
3 Mineral beneficiation 7 2 (b) A
4 Metallurgical industries (ferrous & non-ferrous) 8 3 (a) A
5 Cement plants 9 3 (b) B
6 Coke oven plants 11 4 (b) A
7 Chlor-alkali industry 13 4 (d) A
8 Chemical fertilizers 16 5 (a) A
9 Pesticides industry and pesticide specific intermediates (excluding formulations) 17 5 (b) A
10 Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes & dye intermediates; bulk drugs and intermediates excluding drug formulations; synthetic rubbers; basic organic chemicals, other synthetic organic chemicals and chemical intermediates)
21 5 (f) A
11 Sugar Industry 25 5 (j) B
12 Industrial estates/ parks/ complexes/areas, export processing Zones(EPZs), Special Economic Zones(SEZs), Biotech Parks, Leather Complexes
31 7 (c) A
13 Highways 34 7 (f) A
14 Building and construction projects 38 8 (a) B
15 Townships and Area development projects 39 8 (b) B
SRI K. SARAVANAN SURVEY NO. 93/4 (OLD SURVEY NO. 93), KADIRIVEDU VILLAGE,
SATYAVEDU MANDAL, CHITTOOR DISTRICT, ANDHRA PRADESH.
Studied and Documented by: - TEAM Labs and Consultants (An ISO 9001:2008 Certified Organization) NABET – Certificate No: NABET/ EIA/1821/ SA 0114, dt.04.09.2020 B-115 to 117 and 509, Annapurna Block, Aditya Enclave, Ameerpet, Hyderabad-500 038. Phone: 040-23748 555/616, Tele fax: 040-23748666 Email: [email protected]